Package 'rxode2'

Title: Facilities for Simulating from ODE-Based Models
Description: Facilities for running simulations from ordinary differential equation ('ODE') models, such as pharmacometrics and other compartmental models. A compilation manager translates the ODE model into C, compiles it, and dynamically loads the object code into R for improved computational efficiency. An event table object facilitates the specification of complex dosing regimens (optional) and sampling schedules. NB: The use of this package requires both C and Fortran compilers, for details on their use with R please see Section 6.3, Appendix A, and Appendix D in the "R Administration and Installation" manual. Also the code is mostly released under GPL. The 'VODE' and 'LSODA' are in the public domain. The information is available in the inst/COPYRIGHTS.
Authors: Matthew L. Fidler [aut, cre] , Wenping Wang [aut], Alan Hindmarsh [ctb], Arun Srinivasan [ctb], Awad H. Al-Mohy [ctb], Bill Denney [ctb] , Cleve Moler [ctb], David Cooley [ctb], Drew Schmidt [ctb], Ernst Hairer [ctb], Gabriel Staples [ctb], Gerhard Wanner [ctb], Gilbert Stewart [ctb], Goro Fuji [ctb], Hadley Wickham [ctb], Igor Kushnir [ctb], Jack Dongarra [ctb], Jim Bunch [ctb], Kevin Ushey [ctb], Linda Petzold [ctb], Martin Maechler [ctb], Matt Dowle [ctb], Matteo Fasiolo [ctb], Melissa Hallow [aut], Michel Lang [ctb], Morwenn [ctb], Nicholas J. Higham [ctb], Omar Elashkar [ctb], Richard Upton [ctb], Roger B. Sidje [ctb], Simon Frost [ctb], Yu Feng [ctb], Zufar Mulyukov [ctb]
Maintainer: Matthew L. Fidler <[email protected]>
License: GPL (>= 3)
Version: 3.0.3
Built: 2024-12-15 05:25:44 UTC
Source: https://github.com/nlmixr2/rxode2

Help Index

cbind Ome

Description

cbind Ome

Usage

.cbindOme(et, mat, n)

Arguments

et

The theta data frame
mat

The full matrix simulation from omegas
n

number of subject simulated

Value

data frame with et combined with simulated omega matrix values

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Collect warnings and just warn once.

Description

Collect warnings and just warn once.

Usage

.collectWarnings(expr, lst = FALSE)

Arguments

expr

R expression
lst

When TRUE return a list with list(object,warnings) instead of issuing the warnings. Otherwise, when FALSE issue the warnings and return the object.

Value

The value of the expression or a list with the value of the expression and a list of warning messages

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

This copies the rxode2 UI object so it can be modified

Description

This copies the rxode2 UI object so it can be modified

Usage

.copyUi(ui)

Arguments

ui

Original UI object

Value

Copied UI object

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Handle the single error for normal or t distributions

Description

Handle the single error for normal or t distributions

Usage

.handleSingleErrTypeNormOrTFoceiBase(
  env,
  pred1,
  errNum = 1L,
  rxPredLlik = TRUE
)

Arguments

env

Environment for the parsed model
pred1

The data.frame of the current error
errNum

The number of the error specification in the nlmixr2 model
rxPredLlik

A boolean indicating if the log likelihood should be calculated for non-normal distributions. By default TRUE.

Value

A list of the lines added. The lines will contain

  • rx_yj_ which is an integer that corresponds to the transformation type.

  • rx_lambda_ is the transformation lambda

  • rx_low_ The lower boundary of the transformation

  • rx_hi_ The upper boundary of the transformation

  • rx_pred_f_ The prediction function

  • rx_pred_ The transformed prediction function

  • rx_r_ The transformed variance

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Check if a language object matches a template language object

Description

  • If template == str2lang("."), it will match anything.

  • If template == str2lang(".name"), it will match any name.

  • If template == str2lang(".call()"), it will match any call.

Usage

.matchesLangTemplate(x, template)

Arguments

x

The object to check
template

The template object it should match

Value

TRUE if it matches, FALSE, otherwise

Examples

.matchesLangTemplate(str2lang("d/dt(foo)"), str2lang("d/dt(.name)"))
.matchesLangTemplate(str2lang("d/dt(foo)"), str2lang("d/foo(.name)"))
.matchesLangTemplate(str2lang("d/dt(foo)"), str2lang("d/."))

Handle model lines

Description

Handle model lines

Usage

.modelHandleModelLines(
  modelLines,
  rxui,
  modifyIni = FALSE,
  append = NULL,
  auto = getOption("rxode2.autoVarPiping", TRUE),
  cov = NULL,
  envir
)

Arguments

modelLines

The model lines that are being considered
rxui

The rxode2 UI object
modifyIni

Should the ini() be considered
append

This is a boolean to determine if the lines are appended in piping. The possible values for this is:

  • TRUE which is when the lines are appended to the model instead of replaced

  • FALSE when the lines are replaced in the model (default)

  • NA is when the lines are pre-pended to the model instead of replaced

  • ⁠lhs expression⁠, which will append the lines after the last observed line of the expression lhs

auto

This boolean tells if piping automatically selects the parameters should be characterized as a population parameter, between subject variability, or a covariate. When TRUE this automatic selection occurs. When FALSE this automatic selection is turned off and everything is added as a covariate (which can be promoted to a parameter with the ini statement). By default this is TRUE, but it can be changed by options(rxode2.autoVarPiping=FALSE).
cov

is a character vector of variables that should be assumed to be covariates. This will override automatic promotion to a population parameter estimate (or an eta)
envir

Environment for evaluation

Value

New UI

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Returns quoted call information

Description

Returns quoted call information

Usage

.quoteCallInfoLines(callInfo, envir = parent.frame(), iniDf = NULL)

Arguments

callInfo

Call information
envir

Environment for evaluation (if needed)
iniDf

The parent model iniDf when piping in a ini block (NULL otherwise)

Value

Quote call information. for name=expression, change to name<-expression in quoted call list. For expressions that are within brackets ie {}, unlist the brackets as if they were called in one single sequence.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Internal function to generate the model variables for a linCmt() model

Description

Internal function to generate the model variables for a linCmt() model

Usage

.rxLinCmtGen(lenState, vars)

Arguments

lenState

Length of the state
vars

Variables in the model

Value

Model variables of expanded linCmt model

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Get the rxode2 function pointers

Description

This function is used to get the function pointers for rxode2. This is used to allow rxode2 to have binary linkage to nlmixr2est.

Usage

.rxode2ptrs()

Value

a list of function pointers

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

.rxode2ptrs()

Temporarily set options then restore them while running code

Description

Temporarily set options then restore them while running code

Usage

.rxWithOptions(ops, code)

Arguments

ops

list of options that will be temporarily set for the code
code

The code to run during the sink

Value

value of code

Examples

.rxWithOptions(list(digits = 21), {
  print(pi)
})

print(pi)

Temporarily set options then restore them while running code

Description

Temporarily set options then restore them while running code

Usage

.rxWithWd(wd, code)

Arguments

wd

working directory to temporarily set the system to while evaluating the code
code

The code to run during the sink

Value

value of code

Examples

.rxWithWd(tempdir(), {
  getwd()
})

getwd()

This converts NONMEM-style EVIDs to classic RxODE events

Description

This converts NONMEM-style EVIDs to classic RxODE events

Usage

.toClassicEvid(cmt = 1L, amt = 0, rate = 0, dur = 0, ii = 0, evid = 0L, ss = 0)

Arguments

cmt

compartment flag
amt

dose amount
rate

dose rate
dur

dose duration
ii

inter-dose interval
evid

event id
ss

steady state

Value

classic evids, excluding evids that are added (you need to add them manually) or simply use etTran. This is mostly for testing and really shouldn't be used directly.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

.toClassicEvid(cmt=10, amt=3, evid=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=10, amt=3, rate=2, evid=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=10, amt=3, rate=-1, evid=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=10, amt=3, rate=-2, evid=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=10, amt=3, dur=2, evid=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=304, amt=3, dur=2, evid=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=7, amt=0, rate=2, evid=1, ss=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=-10, amt=3, evid=1)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=10, amt=3, evid=5)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=6, amt=3, evid=6)
.toClassicEvid(cmt=6, amt=3, evid=7)
.toClassicEvid(evid=2)
.toClassicEvid(evid=4)

Convert numeric vector to repeated data.frame

Description

Convert numeric vector to repeated data.frame

Usage

.vecDf(vec, n)

Arguments

vec

Named input vector
n

Number of columns

Value

Data frame with repeated vec

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Add dosing to eventTable

Description

This adds a dosing event to the event table. This is provided for piping syntax through magrittr. It can also be accessed by eventTable$add.dosing(...)

Usage

add.dosing(
  eventTable,
  dose,
  nbr.doses = 1L,
  dosing.interval = 24,
  dosing.to = 1L,
  rate = NULL,
  amount.units = NA_character_,
  start.time = 0,
  do.sampling = FALSE,
  time.units = NA_character_,
  ...
)

Arguments

eventTable

eventTable object; When accessed from object it would be ⁠eventTable$⁠
dose

numeric scalar, dose amount in amount.units;
nbr.doses

integer, number of doses;
dosing.interval

required numeric scalar, time between doses in time.units, defaults to 24 of time.units="hours";
dosing.to

integer, compartment the dose goes into (first compartment by default);
rate

for infusions, the rate of infusion (default is NULL, for bolus dosing;
amount.units

optional string indicating the dosing units. Defaults to NA to indicate as per the original EventTable definition.
start.time

required dosing start time;
do.sampling

logical, should observation sampling records be added at the dosing times? Defaults to FALSE.
time.units

optional string indicating the time units. Defaults to "hours" to indicate as per the original EventTable definition.
...

Other parameters passed to et().

Value

eventTable with updated dosing (note the event table will be updated anyway)

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Matthew L Fidler, Wenping Wang

References

Wang W, Hallow K, James D (2015). "A Tutorial on rxode2: Simulating Differential Equation Pharmacometric Models in R." CPT: Pharmacometrics and Systems Pharmacology, 5(1), 3-10. ISSN 2163-8306

See Also

eventTable, add.sampling, add.dosing, et, etRep, etRbind, rxode2

Examples

## Not run: 

library(rxode2)
library(units)

# Model from rxode2 tutorial
# Using a nlmixr2 style function

mod1 <-function(){
  ini({
    KA <- 2.94E-01
    CL <- 1.86E+01
    V2 <- 4.02E+01
    Q <- 1.05E+01
    V3 <- 2.97E+02
    Kin <- 1
    Kout <- 1
    EC50 <- 200
  })
 model({
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
    d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
 })
}

## These are making the more complex regimens of the rxode2 tutorial

## bid for 5 days
bid <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
       et(amt=10000,ii=12,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## qd for 5 days
qd <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
      et(amt=20000,ii=24,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## bid for 5 days followed by qd for 5 days

et <- seq(bid,qd) |>
      et(seq(0,11*24,length.out=100))

bidQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(bidQd, C2)


## Now Infusion for 5 days followed by oral for 5 days

##  note you can dose to a named compartment instead of using the compartment number
infusion <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, rate=5000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="centr")


qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
  et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(infusion,qd)

infusionQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(infusionQd, C2)

## 2wk-on, 1wk-off

qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(qd, set_units(1,"weeks"), qd) |>
     add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 5.5,by=0.005),weeks))

wkOnOff <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(wkOnOff, C2)

## You can also repeat the cycle easily with the rep function

qd <-et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
     et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- etRep(qd, times=4, wait=set_units(1,"weeks")) |>
      add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 12.5,by=0.005),weeks))

repCycle4 <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(repCycle4, C2)


## End(Not run)

Add sampling to eventTable

Description

This adds a dosing event to the event table. This is provided for piping syntax through magrittr. It can also be accessed by eventTable$add.sampling()

Usage

add.sampling(eventTable, time, time.units = NA)

Arguments

eventTable

An eventTable object. When accessed from object it would be ⁠eventTable$⁠
time

a vector of time values (in time.units).
time.units

an optional string specifying the time units. Defaults to the units specified when the EventTable was initialized.

Value

eventTable with updated sampling. (Note the event table will be updated even if you don't reassign the eventTable)

Author(s)

Matthew L Fidler, Wenping Wang

References

Wang W, Hallow K, James D (2015). "A Tutorial on rxode2: Simulating Differential Equation Pharmacometric Models in R." CPT: Pharmacometrics and Systems Pharmacology, 5(1), 3-10. ISSN 2163-8306

See Also

eventTable, add.sampling, add.dosing, et, etRep, etRbind, rxode2

Examples

## Not run: 

library(rxode2)
library(units)

# Model from rxode2 tutorial
# Using a nlmixr2 style function

mod1 <-function(){
  ini({
    KA <- 2.94E-01
    CL <- 1.86E+01
    V2 <- 4.02E+01
    Q <- 1.05E+01
    V3 <- 2.97E+02
    Kin <- 1
    Kout <- 1
    EC50 <- 200
  })
 model({
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
    d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
 })
}

## These are making the more complex regimens of the rxode2 tutorial

## bid for 5 days
bid <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
       et(amt=10000,ii=12,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## qd for 5 days
qd <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
      et(amt=20000,ii=24,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## bid for 5 days followed by qd for 5 days

et <- seq(bid,qd) |>
      et(seq(0,11*24,length.out=100))

bidQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(bidQd, C2)


## Now Infusion for 5 days followed by oral for 5 days

##  note you can dose to a named compartment instead of using the compartment number
infusion <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, rate=5000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="centr")


qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
  et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(infusion,qd)

infusionQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(infusionQd, C2)

## 2wk-on, 1wk-off

qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(qd, set_units(1,"weeks"), qd) |>
     add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 5.5,by=0.005),weeks))

wkOnOff <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(wkOnOff, C2)

## You can also repeat the cycle easily with the rep function

qd <-et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
     et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- etRep(qd, times=4, wait=set_units(1,"weeks")) |>
      add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 12.5,by=0.005),weeks))

repCycle4 <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(repCycle4, C2)


## End(Not run)

Coerce object to data.frame

Description

Coerce object to data.frame

Usage

as.et(x, ...)

## Default S3 method:
as.et(x, ...)

Arguments

x

Object to coerce to et.
...

Other parameters

Value

An event table

Turn into an ini block for initialization

Description

Turn into an ini block for initialization

Usage

as.ini(x)

## S3 method for class 'character'
as.ini(x)

## S3 method for class 'data.frame'
as.ini(x)

## S3 method for class 'call'
as.ini(x)

## S3 method for class 'lotriFix'
as.ini(x)

## S3 method for class 'matrix'
as.ini(x)

## Default S3 method:
as.ini(x)

Arguments

x

Item to convert to a rxode2/nlmixr2 ui ini expression

Value

rxode2 ini expression

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

ini <- quote(ini({
  tka <- log(1.57)
  tcl <- log(2.72)
  tv <- log(31.5)
  eta.ka ~ 0.6
  eta.cl ~ 0.3
  eta.v ~ 0.1
  add.sd <- 0.7
}))

as.ini(ini)

l <- quote(lotri({
  tka <- log(1.57)
  tcl <- log(2.72)
  tv <- log(31.5)
  eta.ka ~ 0.6
  eta.cl ~ 0.3
  eta.v ~ 0.1
  add.sd <- 0.7
 }))

as.ini(l)

m <- lotri({
   eta.ka ~ 0.6
   eta.cl ~ 0.3
   eta.v ~ 0.1
})

as.ini(m)

one.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- log(1.57)
    tcl <- log(2.72)
    tv <- log(31.5)
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp = center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

as.ini(one.compartment)

ui <- one.compartment()

as.ini(ui)

ui$iniDf

as.ini(ui$iniDf)

ini <- c("ini({",
          "tka <- log(1.57)",
          "tcl <- log(2.72)",
          "tv <- log(31.5)",
          "eta.ka ~ 0.6",
          "eta.cl ~ 0.3",
          "eta.v ~ 0.1",
          "add.sd <- 0.7",
          "})")

as.ini(ini)

ini <- paste(ini, collapse="\n")

as.ini(ini)

Turn into a model expression

Description

Turn into a model expression

Usage

as.model(x)

## S3 method for class 'character'
as.model(x)

## S3 method for class 'call'
as.model(x)

## S3 method for class 'list'
as.model(x)

## Default S3 method:
as.model(x)

Arguments

x

item to convert to a model({}) expression

Value

model expression

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

model <- quote(model({
  ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
  cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
  v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
  d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
  d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
  cp = center / v
  cp ~ add(add.sd)
}))
 
as.model(model)

one.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- log(1.57)
    tcl <- log(2.72)
    tv <- log(31.5)
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp = center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

as.model(one.compartment)
 
ui <- one.compartment()

as.model(ui)

model <- c("model({",
           "ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)",
           "cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)",
           "v <- exp(tv + eta.v)",
           "d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot",
           "d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center",
           "cp = center / v",
           "cp ~ add(add.sd)",
           "})")

as.model(model)

model <- paste(model, collapse="\n")

as.model(model)

As rxode2 ui

Description

As rxode2 ui

Usage

as.rxUi(x)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
as.rxUi(x)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2tos'
as.rxUi(x)

## S3 method for class 'rxModelVars'
as.rxUi(x)

## S3 method for class ''function''
as.rxUi(x)

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
as.rxUi(x)

## Default S3 method:
as.rxUi(x)

Arguments

x

Object to convert to rxUi object

Value

rxUi object (or error if it cannot be converted)

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

mod1 <- function() {
 ini({
   # central 
   KA=2.94E-01
   CL=1.86E+01
   V2=4.02E+01
   # peripheral
   Q=1.05E+01
   V3=2.97E+02
   # effects
   Kin=1
   Kout=1
   EC50=200 
 })
 model({
   C2 <- centr/V2
   C3 <- peri/V3
   d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
   d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
   d/dt(peri)  <- Q*C2 - Q*C3
   eff(0) <- 1
   d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
 })
}

as.rxUi(mod1)

Verify that the compartment exists in a model

Description

Verify that the compartment exists in a model

Usage

assertCompartmentExists(ui, x)

testCompartmentExists(ui, x)

Arguments

ui

is the model to test
x

The value to test (can be a vector of strings)

Value

the value of the compartment that exists; if it is a vector returns the first item that matches

Functions

  • testCompartmentExists(): Test if compartment exists

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler & Bill Denney

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentName(), assertCompartmentNew(), assertRxUi(), assertVariableExists(), assertVariableNew(), testIniDf(), testRxUnbounded()

Verify that a value is a valid nlmixr2 compartment name

Description

Verify that a value is a valid nlmixr2 compartment name

Usage

assertCompartmentName(x)

assertVariableName(x)

assertParameterValue(x)

assertExists(ui, x)

testExists(ui, x)

Arguments

x

The value to test
ui

when needed, this is the rxode2/nlmixr2 model

Value

The value or an error

Functions

  • assertVariableName(): Verify that a value is a valid nlmixr2 variable name

  • assertParameterValue(): Verify that a value is a valid nlmixr2 parameter value

  • assertExists(): Assert compartment/variable exists

  • testExists(): Test compartment/variable exists

Author(s)

Bill Denney

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentExists(), assertCompartmentNew(), assertRxUi(), assertVariableExists(), assertVariableNew(), testIniDf(), testRxUnbounded()

Verify that a compartment would be new to the model

Description

Verify that a compartment would be new to the model

Usage

assertCompartmentNew(ui, x)

Arguments

ui

is the model to test that a model paramet exists
x

The value to test

Value

The value or an error

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler & Bill Denney

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentExists(), assertCompartmentName(), assertRxUi(), assertVariableExists(), assertVariableNew(), testIniDf(), testRxUnbounded()

Assert properties of the rxUi models

Description

Assert properties of the rxUi models

Usage

assertRxUi(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiPrediction(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiSingleEndpoint(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiTransformNormal(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiNormal(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiMuRefOnly(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiEstimatedResiduals(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiPopulationOnly(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiMixedOnly(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxUiRandomOnIdOnly(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

Arguments

ui

Model to check
extra

Extra text to append to the error message (like "for focei")
.var.name

[character(1)]
Name of the checked object to print in assertions. Defaults to the heuristic implemented in vname.

Details

These functions have different types of assertions

  • assertRxUi – Make sure this is a proper rxode2 model (if not throw error)

  • assertRxUiSingleEndpoint – Make sure the rxode2 model is only a single endpoint model (if not throw error)

  • assertRxUiTransformNormal – Make sure that the model residual distribution is normal or transformably normal

  • assertRxUiNormal – Make sure that the model residual distribution is normal

  • assertRxUiEstimatedResiduals – Make sure that the residual error parameters are estimated (not modeled).

  • assertRxUiPopulationOnly – Make sure the model is the population only model (no mixed effects)

  • assertRxUiMixedOnly – Make sure the model is a mixed effect model (not a population effect, only)

  • assertRxUiPrediction – Make sure the model has predictions

  • assertRxUiMuRefOnly – Make sure that all the parameters are mu-referenced

  • assertRxUiRandomOnIdOnly – Make sure there are only random effects at the ID level

Value

the rxUi model

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentExists(), assertCompartmentName(), assertCompartmentNew(), assertVariableExists(), assertVariableNew(), testIniDf(), testRxUnbounded()

Examples

one.cmt <- function() {
 ini({
   tka <- 0.45; label("Ka")
   tcl <- log(c(0, 2.7, 100)); label("Cl")
   tv <- 3.45; label("V")
   eta.ka ~ 0.6
   eta.cl ~ 0.3
   eta.v ~ 0.1
   add.sd <- 0.7
 })
 model({
   ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
   cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
   v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
   linCmt() ~ add(add.sd)
 })
}

assertRxUi(one.cmt)
# assertRxUi(rnorm) # will fail

assertRxUiSingleEndpoint(one.cmt)

Assert a variable exists in the model

Description

Assert a variable exists in the model

Usage

assertVariableExists(ui, x)

testVariableExists(ui, x)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui model
x

does the x variable exist in the model. If it is a vector of variable check to see if any exists, but all must be valid nlmixr2 variable names

Value

variable that matches, in the case of multiple variables, the first that matches. If nothing matches return error

Functions

  • testVariableExists(): Test if variable exists

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentExists(), assertCompartmentName(), assertCompartmentNew(), assertRxUi(), assertVariableNew(), testIniDf(), testRxUnbounded()

Assert a variable would be new to the model

Description

Assert a variable would be new to the model

Usage

assertVariableNew(ui, x)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui model
x

would the variable x variable be new in the model

Value

nothing, but will error if x would not be new

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentExists(), assertCompartmentName(), assertCompartmentNew(), assertRxUi(), assertVariableExists(), testIniDf(), testRxUnbounded()

Calculate expected confidence bands with binomial sampling distribution

Description

This is meant to perform in the same way as quantile() so it can be a drop in replacement for code using quantile() but using distributional assumptions.

Usage

binomProbs(x, ...)

## Default S3 method:
binomProbs(
  x,
  probs = c(0.025, 0.05, 0.5, 0.95, 0.975),
  na.rm = FALSE,
  names = TRUE,
  onlyProbs = TRUE,
  n = 0L,
  m = 0L,
  pred = FALSE,
  piMethod = c("lim"),
  M = 5e+05,
  tol = .Machine$double.eps^0.25,
  ciMethod = c("wilson", "wilsonCorrect", "agrestiCoull", "wald", "wc", "ac"),
  ...
)

Arguments

x

numeric vector whose mean and probability based confidence values are wanted, NA and NaN values are not allowed in numeric vectors unless na.rm is TRUE.
...

Arguments passed to default method, allows many different methods to be applied.
probs

numeric vector of probabilities with values in the interval 0 to 1, inclusive. When 0, it represents the maximum observed, when 1, it represents the maximum observed. When 0.5 it represents the expected probability (mean).
na.rm

logical; if true, any NA and NaN's are removed from x before the quantiles are computed.
names

logical; if true, the result has a names attribute.
onlyProbs

logical; if true, only return the probability based confidence interval/prediction interval estimates, otherwise return extra statistics.
n

integer/integerish; this is the n used to calculate the prediction or confidence interval. When n=0 (default) use the number of non-NA observations. When calculating the prediction interval, this represents the number of observations used in the input ("true") distribution.
m

integer. When using the prediction interval this represents the number of samples that will be observed in the future for the prediction interval.
pred

Use a prediction interval instead of a confidence interval. By default this is FALSE.
piMethod

gives the prediction interval method (currently only lim) from Lu 2020
M

number of simulations to run for the LIM PI.
tol

tolerance of root finding in the LIM prediction interval
ciMethod

gives the method for calculating the confidence interval.

Can be:

  • "argestiCoull" or "ac" – Agresti-Coull method. For a 95\ interval, this method does not use the concept of "adding 2 successes and 2 failures," but rather uses the formulas explicitly described in the following link:

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Binomial_proportion_confidence_interval#Agresti-Coull_Interval.

  • "wilson" – Wilson Method

  • "wilsonCorrect" or "wc" – Wilson method with continuity correction

  • "wald" – Wald confidence interval or standard z approximation.

Details

It is used for confidence intervals with rxode2 solved objects using confint(mean="binom")

Value

By default the return has the probabilities as names (if named) with the points where the expected distribution are located given the sampling mean and standard deviation. If onlyProbs=FALSE then it would prepend mean, variance, standard deviation, minimum, maximum and number of non-NA observations.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

References

  • Newcombe, R. G. (1998). "Two-sided confidence intervals for the single proportion: comparison of seven methods". Statistics in Medicine. 17 (8): 857–872. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1097-0258(19980430)17:8<857::AID-SIM777>3.0.CO;2-E. PMID 9595616.

  • Hezhi Lu, Hua Jin, A new prediction interval for binomial random variable based on inferential models, Journal of Statistical Planning and Inference, Volume 205, 2020, Pages 156-174, ISSN 0378-3758, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jspi.2019.07.001.

Examples

x<- rbinom(7001, p=0.375, size=1)
binomProbs(x)

# you can also use the prediction interval

binomProbs(x, pred=TRUE)


# Can get some extra statistics if you request onlyProbs=FALSE
binomProbs(x, onlyProbs=FALSE)

x[2] <- NA_real_

binomProbs(x, onlyProbs=FALSE)

binomProbs(x, na.rm=TRUE)

boxCox/yeoJohnson and inverse boxCox/yeoJohnson functions

Description

boxCox/yeoJohnson and inverse boxCox/yeoJohnson functions

Usage

boxCox(x, lambda = 1)

boxCoxInv(x, lambda = 1)

yeoJohnson(x, lambda = 1)

yeoJohnsonInv(x, lambda = 1)

Arguments

x

input value(s) to transform
lambda

lambda value for the transformation

Value

values from boxCox and boxCoxInv

Examples

boxCox(10, 0.5)

boxCoxInv(4.32, 0.5)

yeoJohnson(10, 0.5)

yeoJohnsonInv(4.32, 0.5)

Sample a covariance Matrix from the Posterior Inverse Wishart distribution.

Description

Note this Inverse wishart rescaled to match the original scale of the covariance matrix.

Usage

cvPost(
  nu,
  omega,
  n = 1L,
  omegaIsChol = FALSE,
  returnChol = FALSE,
  type = c("invWishart", "lkj", "separation"),
  diagXformType = c("log", "identity", "variance", "nlmixrSqrt", "nlmixrLog",
    "nlmixrIdentity")
)

Arguments

nu

Degrees of Freedom (Number of Observations) for covariance matrix simulation.
omega

Either the estimate of covariance matrix or the estimated standard deviations in matrix form each row forming the standard deviation simulated values
n

Number of Matrices to sample. By default this is 1. This is only useful when omega is a matrix. Otherwise it is determined by the number of rows in the input omega matrix of standard deviations
omegaIsChol

is an indicator of if the omega matrix is in the Cholesky decomposition. This is only used when type="invWishart"
returnChol

Return the Cholesky decomposition of the covariance matrix sample. This is only used when type="invWishart"
type

The type of covariance posterior that is being simulated. This can be:

  • invWishart The posterior is an inverse wishart; This allows for correlations between parameters to be modeled. All the uncertainty in the parameter is captured in the degrees of freedom parameter.

  • lkj The posterior separates the standard deviation estimates (modeled outside and provided in the omega argument) and the correlation estimates. The correlation estimate is simulated with the rLKJ1(). This simulation uses the relationship eta=(nu-1)/2. This is relationship based on the proof of the relationship between the restricted LKJ-distribution and inverse wishart distribution (XXXXXX). Once the correlation posterior is calculated, the estimated standard deviations are then combined with the simulated correlation matrix to create the covariance matrix.

  • separation Like the lkj option, this separates out the estimation of the correlation and standard deviation. Instead of using the LKJ distribution to simulate the correlation, it simulates the inverse wishart of the identity matrix and converts the result to a correlation matrix. This correlation matrix is then used with the standard deviation to calculate the simulated covariance matrix.

diagXformType

Diagonal transformation type. These could be:

  • log The standard deviations are log transformed, so the actual standard deviations are exp(omega)

  • identity The standard deviations are not transformed. The standard deviations are not transformed; They should be positive.

  • variance The variances are specified in the omega matrix; They are transformed into standard deviations.

  • nlmixrSqrt These standard deviations come from an nlmixr omega matrix where diag(chol(inv(omega))) = x^2

  • nlmixrLog These standard deviations come from a nlmixr omega matrix omega matrix where diag(chol(solve(omega))) = exp(x)

  • nlmixrIdentity These standard deviations come from a nlmixr omega matrix omega matrix where diag(chol(solve(omega))) = x

The nlmixr transformations only make sense when there is no off-diagonal correlations modeled.

Details

If your covariance matrix is a 1x1 matrix, this uses an scaled inverse chi-squared which is equivalent to the Inverse Wishart distribution in the uni-directional case.

In general, the separation strategy is preferred for diagonal matrices. If the dimension of the matrix is below 10, lkj is numerically faster than separation method. However, the lkj method has densities too close to zero (XXXX) when the dimension is above 10. In that case, though computationally more expensive separation method performs better.

For matrices with modeled covariances, the easiest method to use is the inverse Wishart which allows the simulation of correlation matrices (XXXX). This method is more well suited for well behaved matrices, that is the variance components are not too low or too high. When modeling nonlinear mixed effects modeling matrices with too high or low variances are considered sub-optimal in describing a system. With these rules in mind, it is reasonable to use the inverse Wishart.

Value

a matrix (n=1) or a list of matrices (n > 1)

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler & Wenping Wang

References

Alvarez I, Niemi J and Simpson M. (2014) Bayesian Inference for a Covariance Matrix. Conference on Applied Statistics in Agriculture.

Wang1 Z, Wu Y, and Chu H. (2018) On Equivalence of the LKJ distribution and the restricted Wishart distribution. <doi:10.48550/arXiv.1809.047463

Examples

## Sample a single covariance.
draw1 <- cvPost(3, matrix(c(1, .3, .3, 1), 2, 2))

## Sample 3 covariances
set.seed(42)
draw3 <- cvPost(3, matrix(c(1, .3, .3, 1), 2, 2), n = 3)

## Sample 3 covariances, but return the cholesky decomposition
set.seed(42)
draw3c <- cvPost(3, matrix(c(1, .3, .3, 1), 2, 2), n = 3, returnChol = TRUE)

## Sample 3 covariances with lognormal standard deviations via LKJ
## correlation sample
cvPost(3, sapply(1:3, function(...) {
  rnorm(10)
}), type = "lkj")

## or return cholesky decomposition
cvPost(3, sapply(1:3, function(...) {
  rnorm(10)
}),
type = "lkj",
returnChol = TRUE
)

## Sample 3 covariances with lognormal standard deviations via separation
## strategy using inverse Wishart correlation sample
cvPost(3, sapply(1:3, function(...) {
  rnorm(10)
}), type = "separation")

## or returning the cholesky decomposition
cvPost(3, sapply(1:3, function(...) {
  rnorm(10)
}),
type = "separation",
returnChol = TRUE
)

Derivatives of the Exponential Linear Unit (ELU) Activation Function

Description

Derivatives of the Exponential Linear Unit (ELU) Activation Function

Usage

dELU(x, alpha = 1)

d2ELU(x, alpha = 1)

d2aELU(x, alpha = 1)

dELUa(x, alpha = 1)

d2ELUa(x, alpha = 1)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.
alpha

A numeric scalar. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the derivative(s) of the ELU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dELU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)
d2ELU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)
d2aELU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)
dELUa(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)
d2ELUa(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)

# Can also be used in rxode2:
r <- rxode2({
  r1=dELU(time, 2)
  r2=d2ELU(time, 2)
  r2a=d2aELU(time, 2)
  ra=dELUa(time, 2)
  r2a=d2ELUa(time, 2)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))
rxSolve(r, e)

This uses simulations to match the rse

Description

This uses simulations to match the rse

Usage

dfWishart(omega, n, rse, upper, totN = 1000, diag = TRUE, seed = 1234)

Arguments

omega

represents the matrix for simulation
n

This represents the number of subjects/samples this comes from (used to calculate rse). When present it assumes the rse= sqrt(2)/sqrt(n)
rse

This is the rse that we try to match, if not specified, it is derived from n
upper

The upper boundary for root finding in terms of degrees of freedom. If not specified, it is n*200
totN

This represents the total number of simulated inverse wishart deviates
diag

When TRUE, represents the rse to match is the diagonals, otherwise it is the total matrix.
seed

to make the simulation reproducible, this represents the seed that is used for simulating the inverse Wishart distribution

Value

output from uniroot() to find the right estimate

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

dfWishart(lotri::lotri(a+b~c(1, 0.5, 1)), 100)

Derivatives of GELU

Description

Derivatives of GELU

Usage

dGELU(x)

d2GELU(x)

d3GELU(x)

d4GELU(x)

Arguments

x

numeric vector

Value

numeric vector

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dGELU(c(-2, -1, 0, 1, 2))
d2GELU(c(-2, -1, 0, 1, 2))
d3GELU(c(-2, -1, 0, 1, 2))
d4GELU(c(-2, -1, 0, 1, 2))
# you can use rxode2 as well
r <- rxode2({
   r1 <- dGELU(time)
   r2 <- d2GELU(time)
   r3 <- d3GELU(time)
   r4 <- d4GELU(time)
})
et <- et(c(-2, -1, 0, 1, 2))
rxSolve(r, et)

Derivative of Leaky ReLU activation function

Description

Derivative of Leaky ReLU activation function

Usage

dlReLU(x)

Arguments

x

numeric vector

Value

numeric vector

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dlReLU(c(-1, 0, 1))

# Can use in rxode2 as well

r <- rxode2({r <- dlReLU(time)})
e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1))
rxSolve(r, e)

Derivatives Parametric ReLU Activation Function

Description

Derivatives Parametric ReLU Activation Function

Usage

dPReLU(x, alpha = 1)

dPReLUa(x, alpha = 1)

dPReLUa1(x, alpha = 1)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.
alpha

A numeric scalar. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the derivative(s) of the ELU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dPReLU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)
dPReLUa(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)
dPReLUa1(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)


# Can also be used in rxode2:
r <- rxode2({
  r1=dPReLU(time, 2)
  r2a=dPReLUa(time, 2)
  ra=dPReLUa1(time, 2)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))
rxSolve(r, e)

Derivative of the Rectified Linear Unit (ReLU) Activation Function

Description

This function applies the derivative of the Rectified Linear Unit (ReLU) activation function to the input numeric vector.

Usage

dReLU(x)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the derivative of the ReLU function

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dReLU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
   r=dReLU(time)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(x, e)

Derivative of the Scaled Exponential Linear Unit (SELU) Activation Function

Description

Derivative of the Scaled Exponential Linear Unit (SELU) Activation Function

Usage

dSELU(x)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the derivative of the SELU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dSELU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))
# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
  r=dSELU(time)
})
e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))
rxSolve(x, e)

Default Softplus Activation Function

Description

Default Softplus Activation Function

Usage

dsoftplus(x)

d2softplus(x)

d3softplus(x)

d4softplus(x)

Arguments

x

numeric vector

Value

numeric vector

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dsoftplus(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

# You can use rxode2 too:

r <- rxode2({
 s1 <- dsoftplus(time)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(r, e)

Derivative of the Swish Activation Function

Description

Derivative of the Swish Activation Function

Usage

dSwish(x)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the derivative of the SELU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

dSwish(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
  r <- dSwish(time)
})
e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))
rxSolve(x, e)

Exponential Linear Unit (ELU) Activation Function

Description

Exponential Linear Unit (ELU) Activation Function

Usage

ELU(x, alpha = 1)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.
alpha

A numeric scalar. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the ReLU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

ELU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)

# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
   r=SELU(time)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(x, e)

Error function

Description

Error function

Usage

erf(x)

Arguments

x

vector or real values

Value

erf of x

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

erf(1.0)

Event Table Function

Description

Event Table Function

Usage

et(x, ..., envir = parent.frame())

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
et(x, ..., envir = parent.frame())

## S3 method for class ''function''
et(x, ..., envir = parent.frame())

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
et(x, ..., envir = parent.frame())

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
et(x, ..., envir = parent.frame())

## S3 method for class 'rxParams'
et(x, ..., envir = parent.frame())

## Default S3 method:
et(
  x,
  ...,
  time,
  amt,
  evid,
  cmt,
  ii,
  addl,
  ss,
  rate,
  dur,
  until,
  id,
  amountUnits,
  timeUnits,
  addSampling,
  envir = parent.frame(),
  by = NULL,
  length.out = NULL
)

Arguments

x

This is the first argument supplied to the event table. This is named to allow et to be used in a pipe-line with arbitrary objects.
...

Times or event tables. They can also be one of the named arguments below.
envir

the environment in which expr is to be evaluated. May also be NULL, a list, a data frame, a pairlist or an integer as specified to sys.call.
time

Time is the time of the dose or the sampling times. This can also be unspecified and is determined by the object type (list or numeric/integer).
amt

Amount of the dose. If specified, this assumes a dosing record, instead of a sampling record.
evid

Event ID; This can be:

Numeric Value Description
0 An observation. This can also be specified as evid=obs
1 A dose observation. This can also be specified as evid=dose
2 A non-dose event. This can also be specified as evid=other
3 A reset event. This can also be specified as evid=reset.
4 Dose and reset event. This can also be specified as evid=doseReset or evid=resetDose

Note a reset event resets all the compartment values to zero and turns off all infusions.
cmt

Compartment name or number. If a number, this is an integer starting at 1. Negative compartments turn off a compartment. If the compartment is a name, the compartment name is changed to the correct state/compartment number before running the simulation. For a compartment named "-cmt" the compartment is turned off. 

Can also specify `cmt` as `dosing.to`,
`dose.to`, `doseTo`, `dosingTo`, and
`state`.
ii

When specifying a dose, this is the inter-dose interval for ss, addl and until options (described below).
addl

The number of additional doses at a inter-dose interval after one dose.
ss

Steady state flag; It can be one of:

Value Description
0 This dose is not a steady state dose
1 This dose is a steady state dose with the between/inter-dose interval of ii
2 Superposition steady state

When ss=2 the steady state dose that uses the super-position principle to allow more complex steady states, like 10 mg in the morning and 20 mg at night, or dosing at 8 am 12 pm and 8 pm instead of every 12 hours. Since it uses the super positioning principle, it only makes sense when you know the kinetics are linear.

All other values of SS are currently invalid.
rate

When positive, this is the rate of infusion. Otherwise:

Value Description
0 No infusion is on this record
-1 Modeled rate (in rxode2:⁠rate(cmt) =⁠); Can be et(rate=model).
-2 Modeled duration (in rxode2: ⁠dur(cmt) =⁠); Can beet(dur=model) or et(rate=dur).

When a modeled bioavailability is applied to positive rates (rate > 0), the duration of infusion is changed. This is because the data specify the rate and amount, the only think that modeled bioavailability can affect is duration.

If instead you want the modeled bioavailability to increase the rate of infusion instead of the duration of infusion, specify the dur instead or model the duration with rate=2.
dur

Duration of infusion. When amt and dur are specified the rate is calculated from the two data items. When dur is specified instead of rate, the bioavailability changes will increase rate instead of duration.
until

This is the time until the dosing should end. It can be an easier way to figure out how many additional doses are needed over your sampling period.
id

A integer vector of IDs to add or remove from the event table. If the event table is identical for each ID, then you may expand it to include all the IDs in this vector. All the negative IDs in this vector will be removed.
amountUnits

The units for the dosing records (amt)
timeUnits

The units for the time records (time)
addSampling

This is a boolean indicating if a sampling time should be added at the same time as a dosing time. By default this is FALSE.
by

number: increment of the sequence.
length.out

desired length of the sequence. A non-negative number, which for seq and seq.int will be rounded up if fractional.

Value

A new event table

Author(s)

Matthew L Fidler, Wenping Wang

References

Wang W, Hallow K, James D (2015). "A Tutorial on rxode2: Simulating Differential Equation Pharmacometric Models in R." CPT: Pharmacometrics and Systems Pharmacology, 5(1), 3-10. ISSN 2163-8306

See Also

eventTable, add.sampling, add.dosing, et, etRep, etRbind, rxode2

Examples

## Not run: 

library(rxode2)
library(units)

# Model from rxode2 tutorial
# Using a nlmixr2 style function

mod1 <-function(){
  ini({
    KA <- 2.94E-01
    CL <- 1.86E+01
    V2 <- 4.02E+01
    Q <- 1.05E+01
    V3 <- 2.97E+02
    Kin <- 1
    Kout <- 1
    EC50 <- 200
  })
 model({
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
    d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
 })
}

## These are making the more complex regimens of the rxode2 tutorial

## bid for 5 days
bid <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
       et(amt=10000,ii=12,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## qd for 5 days
qd <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
      et(amt=20000,ii=24,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## bid for 5 days followed by qd for 5 days

et <- seq(bid,qd) |>
      et(seq(0,11*24,length.out=100))

bidQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(bidQd, C2)


## Now Infusion for 5 days followed by oral for 5 days

##  note you can dose to a named compartment instead of using the compartment number
infusion <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, rate=5000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="centr")


qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
  et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(infusion,qd)

infusionQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(infusionQd, C2)

## 2wk-on, 1wk-off

qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(qd, set_units(1,"weeks"), qd) |>
     add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 5.5,by=0.005),weeks))

wkOnOff <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(wkOnOff, C2)

## You can also repeat the cycle easily with the rep function

qd <-et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
     et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- etRep(qd, times=4, wait=set_units(1,"weeks")) |>
      add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 12.5,by=0.005),weeks))

repCycle4 <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(repCycle4, C2)


## End(Not run)

Expand additional doses

Description

Expand additional doses

Usage

etExpand(et)

Arguments

et

Event table to expand additional doses for.

Value

New event table with addl doses expanded

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

ev <- et(amt = 3, ii = 24, until = 240)
print(ev)
etExpand(ev) # expands event table, but doesn't modify it

print(ev)

ev$expand() ## Expands the current event table and saves it in ev

Combining event tables

Description

Combining event tables

Usage

etRbind(
  ...,
  samples = c("use", "clear"),
  waitII = c("smart", "+ii"),
  id = c("merge", "unique")
)

## S3 method for class 'rxEt'
rbind(..., deparse.level = 1)

Arguments

...

The event tables and optionally time between event tables, called waiting times in this help document.
samples

How to handle samples when repeating an event table. The options are:

  • "clear" Clear sampling records before combining the datasets

  • "use" Use the sampling records when combining the datasets

waitII

This determines how waiting times between events are handled. The options are:

  • "smart" This "smart" handling of waiting times is the default option. In this case, if the waiting time is above the last observed inter-dose interval in the first combined event table, then the actual time between doses is given by the wait time. If it is smaller than the last observed inter-dose interval, the time between event tables is given by the inter-dose interval + the waiting time between event tables.

  • "+ii" In this case, the wait time is added to the inter-dose interval no matter the length of the wait time or inter-dose interval

id

This is how rbind will handle IDs. There are two different types of options:

  • merge with id="merge", the IDs are merged together, overlapping IDs would be merged into a single event table.

  • unique with id="unique", the IDs will be renumbered so that the IDs in all the event tables are not overlapping.

deparse.level

The deparse.level of a traditional rbind is ignored.

Value

An event table

Author(s)

Matthew L Fidler

Matthew L Fidler, Wenping Wang

References

Wang W, Hallow K, James D (2015). "A Tutorial on rxode2: Simulating Differential Equation Pharmacometric Models in R." CPT: Pharmacometrics and Systems Pharmacology, 5(1), 3-10. ISSN 2163-8306

See Also

eventTable, add.sampling, add.dosing, et, etRep, etRbind, rxode2

Examples

## Not run: 

library(rxode2)
library(units)

# Model from rxode2 tutorial
# Using a nlmixr2 style function

mod1 <-function(){
  ini({
    KA <- 2.94E-01
    CL <- 1.86E+01
    V2 <- 4.02E+01
    Q <- 1.05E+01
    V3 <- 2.97E+02
    Kin <- 1
    Kout <- 1
    EC50 <- 200
  })
 model({
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
    d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
 })
}

## These are making the more complex regimens of the rxode2 tutorial

## bid for 5 days
bid <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
       et(amt=10000,ii=12,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## qd for 5 days
qd <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
      et(amt=20000,ii=24,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## bid for 5 days followed by qd for 5 days

et <- seq(bid,qd) |>
      et(seq(0,11*24,length.out=100))

bidQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(bidQd, C2)


## Now Infusion for 5 days followed by oral for 5 days

##  note you can dose to a named compartment instead of using the compartment number
infusion <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, rate=5000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="centr")


qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
  et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(infusion,qd)

infusionQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(infusionQd, C2)

## 2wk-on, 1wk-off

qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(qd, set_units(1,"weeks"), qd) |>
     add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 5.5,by=0.005),weeks))

wkOnOff <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(wkOnOff, C2)

## You can also repeat the cycle easily with the rep function

qd <-et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
     et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- etRep(qd, times=4, wait=set_units(1,"weeks")) |>
      add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 12.5,by=0.005),weeks))

repCycle4 <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(repCycle4, C2)


## End(Not run)

Repeat an rxode2 event table

Description

Repeat an rxode2 event table

Usage

etRep(
  x,
  times = 1,
  length.out = NA,
  each = NA,
  n = NULL,
  wait = 0,
  id = integer(0),
  samples = c("clear", "use"),
  waitII = c("smart", "+ii"),
  ii = 24
)

## S3 method for class 'rxEt'
rep(x, ...)

Arguments

x

An rxode2 event table
times

Number of times to repeat the event table
length.out

Invalid with rxode2 event tables, will throw an error if used.
each

Invalid with rxode2 event tables, will throw an error if used.
n

The number of times to repeat the event table. Overrides times.
wait

Waiting time between each repeated event table. By default there is no waiting, or wait=0
id

A integer vector of IDs to add or remove from the event table. If the event table is identical for each ID, then you may expand it to include all the IDs in this vector. All the negative IDs in this vector will be removed.
samples

How to handle samples when repeating an event table. The options are:

  • "clear" Clear sampling records before combining the datasets

  • "use" Use the sampling records when combining the datasets

waitII

This determines how waiting times between events are handled. The options are:

  • "smart" This "smart" handling of waiting times is the default option. In this case, if the waiting time is above the last observed inter-dose interval in the first combined event table, then the actual time between doses is given by the wait time. If it is smaller than the last observed inter-dose interval, the time between event tables is given by the inter-dose interval + the waiting time between event tables.

  • "+ii" In this case, the wait time is added to the inter-dose interval no matter the length of the wait time or inter-dose interval

ii

When specifying a dose, this is the inter-dose interval for ss, addl and until options (described below).
...

Times or event tables. They can also be one of the named arguments below.

Value

An event table

Author(s)

Matthew L Fidler, Wenping Wang

References

Wang W, Hallow K, James D (2015). "A Tutorial on rxode2: Simulating Differential Equation Pharmacometric Models in R." CPT: Pharmacometrics and Systems Pharmacology, 5(1), 3-10. ISSN 2163-8306

See Also

eventTable, add.sampling, add.dosing, et, etRep, etRbind, rxode2

Examples

## Not run: 

library(rxode2)
library(units)

# Model from rxode2 tutorial
# Using a nlmixr2 style function

mod1 <-function(){
  ini({
    KA <- 2.94E-01
    CL <- 1.86E+01
    V2 <- 4.02E+01
    Q <- 1.05E+01
    V3 <- 2.97E+02
    Kin <- 1
    Kout <- 1
    EC50 <- 200
  })
 model({
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
    d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
 })
}

## These are making the more complex regimens of the rxode2 tutorial

## bid for 5 days
bid <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
       et(amt=10000,ii=12,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## qd for 5 days
qd <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
      et(amt=20000,ii=24,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## bid for 5 days followed by qd for 5 days

et <- seq(bid,qd) |>
      et(seq(0,11*24,length.out=100))

bidQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(bidQd, C2)


## Now Infusion for 5 days followed by oral for 5 days

##  note you can dose to a named compartment instead of using the compartment number
infusion <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, rate=5000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="centr")


qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
  et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(infusion,qd)

infusionQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(infusionQd, C2)

## 2wk-on, 1wk-off

qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(qd, set_units(1,"weeks"), qd) |>
     add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 5.5,by=0.005),weeks))

wkOnOff <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(wkOnOff, C2)

## You can also repeat the cycle easily with the rep function

qd <-et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
     et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- etRep(qd, times=4, wait=set_units(1,"weeks")) |>
      add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 12.5,by=0.005),weeks))

repCycle4 <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(repCycle4, C2)


## End(Not run)

Sequence of event tables

Description

This combines a sequence of event tables.

Usage

etSeq(..., samples = c("clear", "use"), waitII = c("smart", "+ii"), ii = 24)

## S3 method for class 'rxEt'
seq(...)

Arguments

...

The event tables and optionally time between event tables, called waiting times in this help document.
samples

How to handle samples when repeating an event table. The options are:

  • "clear" Clear sampling records before combining the datasets

  • "use" Use the sampling records when combining the datasets

waitII

This determines how waiting times between events are handled. The options are:

  • "smart" This "smart" handling of waiting times is the default option. In this case, if the waiting time is above the last observed inter-dose interval in the first combined event table, then the actual time between doses is given by the wait time. If it is smaller than the last observed inter-dose interval, the time between event tables is given by the inter-dose interval + the waiting time between event tables.

  • "+ii" In this case, the wait time is added to the inter-dose interval no matter the length of the wait time or inter-dose interval

ii

If there was no inter-dose intervals found in the event table, assume that the interdose interval is given by this ii value. By default this is 24.

Details

This sequences all the event tables in added in the argument list .... By default when combining the event tables the offset is at least by the last inter-dose interval in the prior event table (or ii). If you separate any of the event tables by a number, the event tables will be separated at least the wait time defined by that number or the last inter-dose interval.

Value

An event table

Author(s)

Matthew L Fidler, Wenping Wang

References

Wang W, Hallow K, James D (2015). "A Tutorial on rxode2: Simulating Differential Equation Pharmacometric Models in R." CPT: Pharmacometrics and Systems Pharmacology, 5(1), 3-10. ISSN 2163-8306

See Also

eventTable, add.sampling, add.dosing, et, etRep, etRbind, rxode2

Examples

## Not run: 

library(rxode2)
library(units)

# Model from rxode2 tutorial
# Using a nlmixr2 style function

mod1 <-function(){
  ini({
    KA <- 2.94E-01
    CL <- 1.86E+01
    V2 <- 4.02E+01
    Q <- 1.05E+01
    V3 <- 2.97E+02
    Kin <- 1
    Kout <- 1
    EC50 <- 200
  })
 model({
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
    d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
 })
}

## These are making the more complex regimens of the rxode2 tutorial

## bid for 5 days
bid <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
       et(amt=10000,ii=12,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## qd for 5 days
qd <- et(timeUnits="hr") |>
      et(amt=20000,ii=24,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## bid for 5 days followed by qd for 5 days

et <- seq(bid,qd) |>
      et(seq(0,11*24,length.out=100))

bidQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(bidQd, C2)


## Now Infusion for 5 days followed by oral for 5 days

##  note you can dose to a named compartment instead of using the compartment number
infusion <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, rate=5000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="centr")


qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
  et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(5, "days"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(infusion,qd)

infusionQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(infusionQd, C2)

## 2wk-on, 1wk-off

qd <- et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
      et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- seq(qd, set_units(1,"weeks"), qd) |>
     add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 5.5,by=0.005),weeks))

wkOnOff <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(wkOnOff, C2)

## You can also repeat the cycle easily with the rep function

qd <-et(timeUnits = "hr") |>
     et(amt=10000, ii=24, until=set_units(2, "weeks"), cmt="depot")

et <- etRep(qd, times=4, wait=set_units(1,"weeks")) |>
      add.sampling(set_units(seq(0, 12.5,by=0.005),weeks))

repCycle4 <- rxSolve(mod1, et)

plot(repCycle4, C2)


## End(Not run)

Create an event table object

Description

Initializes an object of class ‘EventTable’ with methods for adding and querying dosing and observation records

Usage

eventTable(amount.units = NA, time.units = NA)

Arguments

amount.units

string denoting the amount dosing units, e.g., “mg”, “ug”. Default to NA to denote unspecified units. It could also be a solved rxode2 object. In that case, eventTable(obj) returns the eventTable that was used to solve the rxode2 object.
time.units

string denoting the time units, e.g., “hours”, “days”. Default to "hours".

An eventTable is an object that consists of a data.frame storing ordered time-stamped events of an (unspecified) PK/PD dynamic system, units (strings) for dosing and time records, plus a list of functions to add and extract event records.

Currently, events can be of two types: dosing events that represent inputs to the system and sampling time events that represent observations of the system with ‘amount.units’ and ‘time.units’, respectively.

Value

A modified data.frame with the following accessible functions:

  • get.EventTable() returns the current event table

  • add.dosing() adds dosing records to the event table.

  • get.dosing() returns a data.frame of dosing records.

  • clear.dosing() clears or deletes all dosing from event table

  • 'add.sampling() adds sampling time observation records to the event table.

  • get.sampling()returns a data.frame of sampled observation records.

  • clear.sampling() removes all sampling from event table.

  • get.obs.rec() returns a logical vector indicating whether each event record represents an observation or not.

  • get.nobs() returns the number of observation (not dosing) records.

  • get.units() returns a two-element character vector with the dosing and time units, respectively

  • copy() makes a copy of the current event table. To create a copy of an event table object use qd2 <- qd$copy()

  • expand() Expands the event table for multi-subject solving. This is done by qd$expand(400) for a 400 subject data expansion

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler, Melissa Hallow and Wenping Wang

See Also

et()

Examples

# create dosing and observation (sampling) events
# QD 50mg dosing, 5 days followed by 25mg 5 days
#
qd <- eventTable(amount.units = "mg", time.units = "days")
#
qd$add.dosing(dose = 50, nbr.doses = 5, dosing.interval = 1, do.sampling = FALSE)
#
# sample the system's drug amounts hourly the first day, then every 12 hours
# for the next 4 days
qd$add.sampling(seq(from = 0, to = 1, by = 1 / 24))
qd$add.sampling(seq(from = 1, to = 5, by = 12 / 24))
#
# print(qd$get.dosing())     # table of dosing records
print(qd$get.nobs()) # number of observation (not dosing) records
#
# BID dosing, 5 days
bid <- eventTable("mg", "days") # only dosing
bid$add.dosing(
  dose = 10000, nbr.doses = 2 * 5,
  dosing.interval = 12, do.sampling = FALSE
)
#
# Use the copy() method to create a copy (clone) of an existing
# event table (simple assignments just create a new reference to
# the same event table object (closure)).
#
bid.ext <- bid$copy() # three-day extension for a 2nd cohort
bid.ext$add.dosing(
  dose = 5000, nbr.doses = 2 * 3,
  start.time = 120, dosing.interval = 12, do.sampling = FALSE
)

# You can also use the Piping operator to create a table

qd2 <- eventTable(amount.units = "mg", time.units = "days") %>%
  add.dosing(dose = 50, nbr.doses = 5, dosing.interval = 1, do.sampling = FALSE) %>%
  add.sampling(seq(from = 0, to = 1, by = 1 / 24)) %>%
  add.sampling(seq(from = 1, to = 5, by = 12 / 24))
# print(qd2$get.dosing())     # table of dosing records
print(qd2$get.nobs()) # number of observation (not dosing) records

# Note that piping with %>% will update the original table.

qd3 <- qd2 %>% add.sampling(seq(from = 5, to = 10, by = 6 / 24))
print(qd2$get.nobs())
print(qd3$get.nobs())

Gammap: normalized lower incomplete gamma function

Description

This is the gamma_p from the boost library

Usage

gammap(a, z)

Arguments

a

The numeric 'a' parameter in the normalized lower incomplete gamma
z

The numeric 'z' parameter in the normalized lower incomplete gamma

Details

The gamma p function is given by:

gammap = lowergamma(a, z)/gamma(a)

Value

gammap results

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

gammap(1, 3)
gammap(1:3, 3)
gammap(1, 1:3)

gammapDer: derivative of gammap

Description

This is the gamma_p_derivative from the boost library

Usage

gammapDer(a, z)

Arguments

a

The numeric 'a' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma
z

The numeric 'z' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma

Value

lowergamma results

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

gammapDer(1:3, 3)

gammapDer(1, 1:3)

gammapInv and gammapInva: Inverses of normalized gammap function

Description

gammapInv and gammapInva: Inverses of normalized gammap function

Usage

gammapInv(a, p)

gammapInva(x, p)

Arguments

a

The numeric 'a' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma
p

The numeric 'p' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma
x

The numeric 'x' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma

Details

With the equation:

p = gammap(a, x)

The 'gammapInv' function returns a value 'x' that satisfies the equation above

The 'gammapInva' function returns a value 'q' that satisfies the equation above

NOTE: gammapInva is slow

Value

inverse gammap results

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

gammapInv(1:3, 0.5)

gammapInv(1, 1:3 / 3.1)

gammapInv(1:3, 1:3 / 3.1)

gammapInva(1:3, 1:3 / 3.1)

Gammaq: normalized upper incomplete gamma function

Description

This is the gamma_q from the boost library

Usage

gammaq(a, z)

Arguments

a

The numeric 'a' parameter in the normalized upper incomplete gamma
z

The numeric 'z' parameter in the normalized upper incomplete gamma

Details

The gamma q function is given by:

gammaq = uppergamma(a, z)/gamma(a)

Value

gammaq results

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

gammaq(1, 3)
gammaq(1:3, 3)
gammaq(1, 1:3)

gammaqInv and gammaqInva: Inverses of normalized gammaq function

Description

gammaqInv and gammaqInva: Inverses of normalized gammaq function

Usage

gammaqInv(a, q)

gammaqInva(x, q)

Arguments

a

The numeric 'a' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma
q

The numeric 'q' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma
x

The numeric 'x' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma

Details

With the equation:

q = gammaq(a, x)

The 'gammaqInv' function returns a value 'x' that satisfies the equation above

The 'gammaqInva' function returns a value 'a' that satisfies the equation above

NOTE: gammaqInva is slow

Value

inverse gammaq results

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

gammaqInv(1:3, 0.5)

gammaqInv(1, 1:3 / 3)

gammaqInv(1:3, 1:3 / 3.1)

gammaqInva(1:3, 1:3 / 3.1)

GELU activation function

Description

GELU activation function

Usage

GELU(x)

Arguments

x

numeric vector

Value

numeric vector

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

GELU(c(-2, -1, 0, 1, 2))

# you can use rxode2 as well
r <- rxode2({
  r = GELU(time)
})
et <- et(c(-2, -1, 0, 1, 2))
rxSolve(r, et)

Generate an example (template) of a dosing regimen shiny app

Description

Create a complete shiny application for exploring dosing regimens given a (hardcoded) PK/PD model.

Usage

genShinyApp.template(
  appDir = "shinyExample",
  verbose = TRUE,
  ODE.config = list(ode = "model", params = c(KA = 0.294), inits = c(eff = 1), method =
    "lsoda", atol = 1e-08, rtol = 1e-06)
)

write.template.server(appDir)

write.template.ui(appDir, statevars)

Arguments

appDir

a string with a directory where to store the shiny app, by default is "shinyExample". The directory appDir will be created if it does not exist.
verbose

logical specifying whether to write messages as the shiny app is generated. Defaults to TRUE.
ODE.config

model name compiled and list of parameters sent to rxSolve().
statevars

List of statevars passed to to the write.template.ui() function. This usually isn't called directly.

A PK/PD model is defined using rxode2(), and a set of parameters and initial values are defined. Then the appropriate R scripts for the shiny's user interface ui.R and the server logic server.R are created in the directory appDir.

The function evaluates the following PK/PD model by default: 

    C2 = centr/V2;
    C3 = peri/V3;
    d/dt(depot) =-KA*depot;
    d/dt(centr) = KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3;
    d/dt(peri)  =                    Q*C2 - Q*C3;
    d/dt(eff)  = Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff;

This can be changed by the ODE.config parameter.

To launch the shiny app, simply issue the runApp(appDir) R command.

Value

None, these functions are used for their side effects.

Note

These functions create a simple, but working example of a dosing regimen simulation web application. Users may want to modify the code to experiment creating shiny applications for their specific rxode2 models.

See Also

rxode2(),eventTable(), and the package shiny (https://shiny.posit.co).

Examples

# remove myapp when the example is complete
on.exit(unlink("myapp", recursive = TRUE, force = TRUE))
# create the shiny app example (template)
genShinyApp.template(appDir = "myapp")
# run the shiny app
if (requireNamespace("shiny", quietly=TRUE)) {
  library(shiny)
  # runApp("myapp") # Won't launch in environments without browsers
}

Get/Set the number of threads that rxode2 uses

Description

Get/Set the number of threads that rxode2 uses

Usage

getRxThreads(verbose = FALSE)

setRxThreads(threads = NULL, percent = NULL, throttle = NULL)

rxCores(verbose = FALSE)

Arguments

verbose

Display the value of relevant OpenMP settings
threads

NULL (default) rereads environment variables. 0 means to use all logical CPUs available. Otherwise a number >= 1
percent

If provided it should be a number between 2 and 100; the percentage of logical CPUs to use. By default on startup, 50 percent.
throttle

2 (default) means that, roughly speaking, a single thread will be used when number subjects solved for is <=2, 2 threads when the number of all points is <=4, etc. The throttle is to speed up small data tasks (especially when repeated many times) by not incurring the overhead of managing multiple threads.

The throttle will also suppress sorting which ID will be solved first when there are (nsubject solved)*throttle <= nthreads. In rxode2 this sorting occurs to minimize the time for waiting for another thread to finish. If the last item solved is has a long solving time, all the other solving have to wait for that last costly solving to occur. If the items which are likely to take more time are solved first, this wait is less likely to have an impact on the overall solving time.

In rxode2 the IDs are sorted by the individual number of solving points (largest first). It also has a C interface that allows these IDs to be resorted by total time spent solving the equation. This allows packages like nlmixr to sort by solving time if needed.

Overall the the number of threads is throttled (restricted) for small tasks and sorting for IDs are suppressed.

Value

number of threads that rxode2 uses

Ini block for rxode2/nlmixr models

Description

The ini block controls initial conditions for 'theta' (fixed effects), 'omega' (random effects), and 'sigma' (residual error) elements of the model.

Usage

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
ini(x, ..., envir = parent.frame(), append = NULL)

## Default S3 method:
ini(x, ..., envir = parent.frame(), append = NULL)

ini(x, ..., envir = parent.frame(), append = NULL)

Arguments

x

expression
...

Other expressions for ini() function
envir

the environment in which unevaluated model expressions is to be evaluated. May also be NULL, a list, a data frame, a pairlist or an integer as specified to sys.call.
append

Reorder theta parameters. NULL means no change to parameter order. A parameter name (as a character string) means to put the new parameter after the named parameter. A number less than or equal to zero means to put the parameter at the beginning of the list. A number greater than the last parameter number means to put the parameter at the end of the list.

Details

The ini() function is used in two different ways. The main way that it is used is to set the initial conditions and associated attributes (described below) in a model. The other way that it is used is for updating the initial conditions in a model, often using the pipe operator.

'theta' and 'sigma' can be set using either <- or = such as tvCL <- 1 or equivalently tvCL = 1. 'omega' can be set with a ~ such as etaCL ~ 0.1.

Parameters can be named or unnamed (though named parameters are preferred). A named parameter is set using the name on the left of the assignment while unnamed parameters are set without an assignment operator. tvCL <- 1 would set a named parameter of tvCL to 1. Unnamed parameters are set using just the value, such as 1.

For some estimation methods, lower and upper bounds can be set for 'theta' and 'sigma' values. To set a lower and/or upper bound, use a vector of values. The vector is c(lower, estimate, upper). The vector may be given with just the estimate (estimate), the lower bound and estimate (c(lower, estimate)), or all three (c(lower, estimate, upper)). To set an estimate and upper bound without a lower bound, set the lower bound to -Inf, c(-Inf, estimate, upper). When an estimation method does not support bounds, the bounds will be ignored with a warning.

'omega' values can be set as a single value or as the values of a lower-triangular matrix. The values may be set as either a variance-covariance matrix (the default) or as a correlation matrix for the off-diagonals with the standard deviations on the diagonals. Names may be set on the left side of the ~. To set a variance-covariance matrix with variance values of 2 and 3 and a covariance of -2.5 use ~c(2, 2.5, 3). To set the same matrix with names of iivKa and iivCL, use iivKa + iivCL~c(2, 2.5, 3). To set a correlation matrix with standard deviations on the diagonal, use cor() like iivKa + iivCL~cor(2, -0.5, 3). As of rxode2 3.0 you can also use iivKa ~ 2, iivCL ~ c(2.5, 3) for covariance matrices as well.

Values may be fixed (and therefore not estimated) using either the name fixed at the end of the assignment or by calling fixed() as a function for the value to fix. For 'theta' and 'sigma', either the estimate or the full definition (including lower and upper bounds) may be included in the fixed setting. For example, the following are all effectively equivalent to set a 'theta' or 'sigma' to a fixed value (because the lower and upper bounds are ignored for a fixed value): tvCL <- fixed(1), tvCL <- fixed(0, 1), tvCL <- fixed(0, 1, 2), tvCL <- c(0, fixed(1), 2), or tvCL <- c(0, 1, fixed). For 'omega' assignment, the full block or none of the block must be set as fixed. Examples of setting an 'omega' value as fixed are: iivKa~fixed(1), iivKa + iivCL~fixed(1, 2, 3), or iivKa + iivCL~c(1, 2, 3, fixed). Anywhere that fixed is used, FIX, FIXED, or fix may be used equivalently.

For any value, standard mathematical operators or functions may be used to define the value. For example, log(2) and 24*30 may be used to define a value anywhere that a number can be used (e.g. lower bound, estimate, upper bound, variance, etc.).

Values may be labeled using the label() function after the assignment. Labels are are used to make reporting easier by giving a human-readable description of the parameter, but the labels do not have any effect on estimation. The typical way to set a label so that the parameter tvCL has a label of "Typical Value of Clearance (L/hr)" is tvCL <- 1; label("Typical Value of Clearance (L/hr)").

Off diagonal values of 'omega' can be set to zero using the diag() to remove all off-diagonals can be removed with ini(diag()). To remove covariances of 'omega' item with iivKa, you can use ⁠%>% ini(diag(iivKa))⁠. Or to remove covariances that contain either iivKa or iivCl you can use ⁠%>% ini(diag(iivKa, iivCl))⁠. For finer control you can remove the covariance between two items (like iivKa and iivCl) by '%>% ini(-cov(iivKa, iivCl))

rxode2/nlmixr2 will attempt to determine some back-transformations for the user. For example, CL <- exp(tvCL) will detect that tvCL must be back-transformed by exp() for easier interpretation. When you want to control the back-transformation, you can specify the back-transformation using backTransform() after the assignment. For example, to set the back-transformation to exp(), you can use tvCL <- 1; backTransform(exp()).

Value

ini block

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Initial conditions: zeroRe()

Examples

# Set the ini() block in a model
one.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- log(1.57); label("Ka")
    tcl <- log(2.72); label("Cl")
    tv <- log(31.5); label("V")
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp = center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

# Use piping to update initial conditions
one.compartment %>% ini(tka <- log(2))
one.compartment %>% ini(tka <- label("Absorption rate, Ka (1/hr)"))
# Move the tka parameter to be just below the tv parameter (affects parameter
# summary table, only)
one.compartment %>% ini(tka <- label("Absorption rate, Ka (1/hr)"), append = "tv")
# When programming with rxode2/nlmixr2, it may be easier to pass strings in
# to modify the ini
one.compartment %>% ini("tka <- log(2)")

Assign the ini block in the rxode2 related object

Description

Assign the ini block in the rxode2 related object

Usage

ini(x, envir = environment(x)) <- value

Arguments

x

rxode2 related object
envir

Environment where assignment occurs
value

Value of the object

Value

rxode2 related object

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Return if the object can be stacked

Description

Return if the object can be stacked

Usage

is.rxStackData(object)

Arguments

object

object to test if it can be stacked

Value

boolean to tell if an object can be stacked using rxode2

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

is.rxStackData(NULL)

Linear model to replace in rxode2 ui model

Description

Linear model to replace in rxode2 ui model

Usage

linMod(
  variable,
  power,
  dv = "dv",
  intercept = TRUE,
  type = c("replace", "before", "after"),
  num = NULL,
  iniDf = NULL,
  data = FALSE,
  mv = FALSE
)

linMod0(..., intercept = FALSE)

linModB(..., type = "before")

linModB0(..., intercept = FALSE, type = "before")

linModA(..., type = "after")

linModA0(..., intercept = FALSE, type = "after")

linModD(..., intercept = TRUE, data = TRUE)

linModD0(..., intercept = FALSE, data = TRUE)

linModM(..., intercept = TRUE, mv = TRUE)

linModM0(..., intercept = FALSE, mv = TRUE)

Arguments

variable

The variable that the rxode2 will be made on.
power

The power of the polynomial that will be generated.
dv

the dependent variable to use to generate the initial estimates from the data. If NULL query using rxUdfUiData().
intercept

Boolean that tells if the intercept be generated.
type

the type of linear model replacement to be used.
num

the number the particular model is being generated. If unspecified, query using rxUdfUiNum().
iniDf

the initialization data.frame, if NULL query using rxUdfUiIniDf()
data

logical that tells if the initial estimates of the linear model should be estimated from the data.
mv

logical that tell if the model variables need to be used to generate model variables.
...

arguments that are passed to linMod() for the other abbreviations of linMod()

Value

a list for use in when generating the rxode2 ui model see rxUdfUi() for details.

Functions

  • linMod0(): linear model without intercept

  • linModB(): linear model before where it occurs

  • linModB0(): linear model before where the user function occurs

  • linModA(): linear model after where the user function occurs

  • linModA0(): liner model without an intercept placed after where the user function occurs

  • linModD(): linear model where initial estimates are generated from the data

  • linModD0(): linear model where initial estimates are generated from the data (no intercept)

  • linModM(): linear model where the model variables are used to generate the model variables

  • linModM0(): linear model where the model variables are used to generate the model variables (no intercept)

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: rxUdfUiControl(), rxUdfUiData(), rxUdfUiEst(), rxUdfUiIniLhs(), rxUdfUiMv(), rxUdfUiNum(), rxUdfUiParsing()

Examples

linMod(x, 3)

Calculate the log likelihood of the binomial function (and its derivatives)

Description

Calculate the log likelihood of the binomial function (and its derivatives)

Usage

llikBeta(x, shape1, shape2, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

Observation
shape1, shape2

non-negative parameters of the Beta distribution.
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikBeta() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivative of shape1 and shape2 with llikBetaDshape1() and llikBetaDshape2().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dShape1 and dShape2 that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

x <- seq(1e-4, 1 - 1e-4, length.out = 21)

llikBeta(x, 0.5, 0.5)

llikBeta(x, 1, 3, TRUE)

et <- et(seq(1e-4, 1-1e-4, length.out=21))
et$shape1 <- 0.5
et$shape2 <- 1.5

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikBeta(time, shape1, shape2)
    dShape1 <- llikBetaDshape1(time, shape1, shape2)
    dShape2 <- llikBetaDshape2(time, shape1, shape2)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

Calculate the log likelihood of the binomial function (and its derivatives)

Description

Calculate the log likelihood of the binomial function (and its derivatives)

Usage

llikBinom(x, size, prob, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

Number of successes
size

Size of trial
prob

probability of success
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikBinom() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivative of prob with llikBinomDprob()

Value

data frame with fx for the pdf value of with dProb that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikBinom(46:54, 100, 0.5)

llikBinom(46:54, 100, 0.5, TRUE)

# In rxode2 you can use:

et <- et(46:54)
et$size <- 100
et$prob <-0.5

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikBinom(time, size, prob)
    dProb <- llikBinomDprob(time, size, prob)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood of Cauchy distribution and it's derivatives (from stan)

Description

log likelihood of Cauchy distribution and it's derivatives (from stan)

Usage

llikCauchy(x, location = 0, scale = 1, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

Observation
location, scale

location and scale parameters.
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikCauchy() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivative of location and scale with llikCauchyDlocation() and llikCauchyDscale().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dLocation and dScale that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

x <- seq(-3, 3, length.out = 21)

llikCauchy(x, 0, 1)

llikCauchy(x, 3, 1, full=TRUE)

et <- et(-3, 3, length.out=10)
et$location <- 0
et$scale <- 1

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikCauchy(time, location, scale)
    dLocation <- llikCauchyDlocation(time, location, scale)
    dScale <- llikCauchyDscale(time, location, scale)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood and derivatives for chi-squared distribution

Description

log likelihood and derivatives for chi-squared distribution

Usage

llikChisq(x, df, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

variable that is distributed by chi-squared distribution
df

degrees of freedom (non-negative, but can be non-integer).
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikChisq() but you have to use the x and df arguments. You can also get the derivative of df with llikChisqDdf().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dDf that has the derivatives with respect to the df parameter the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikChisq(1, df = 1:3, full=TRUE)

llikChisq(1, df = 6:9)

et <- et(1:3)
et$x <- 1

model <- function() {
  model({
   fx <- llikChisq(x, time)
   dDf <- llikChisqDdf(x, time)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood and derivatives for exponential distribution

Description

log likelihood and derivatives for exponential distribution

Usage

llikExp(x, rate, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

variable that is distributed by exponential distribution
rate

vector of rates.
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikExp() but you have to use the x and rate arguments. You can also get the derivative of rate with llikExpDrate().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dRate that has the derivatives with respect to the rate parameter the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikExp(1, 1:3)

llikExp(1, 1:3, full=TRUE)

# You can use rxode2 for these too:

et <- et(1:3)
et$x <- 1

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikExp(x, time)
    dRate <- llikExpDrate(x, time)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood and derivatives for F distribution

Description

log likelihood and derivatives for F distribution

Usage

llikF(x, df1, df2, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

variable that is distributed by f distribution
df1, df2

degrees of freedom. Inf is allowed.
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikF() but you have to use the x and rate arguments. You can also get the derivative of df1 and df2 with llikFDdf1() and llikFDdf2().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dDf1 and dDf2 that has the derivatives with respect to the df1/df2 parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

x <- seq(0.001, 5, length.out = 100)

llikF(x^2, 1, 5)

model <- function(){
  model({
    fx <- llikF(time, df1, df2)
    dMean <- llikFDdf1(time, df1, df2)
    dSd <- llikFDdf2(time, df1, df2)
  })
}

et <- et(x)
et$df1 <- 1
et$df2 <- 5

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood and derivatives for Gamma distribution

Description

log likelihood and derivatives for Gamma distribution

Usage

llikGamma(x, shape, rate, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

variable that is distributed by gamma distribution
shape

this is the distribution's shape parameter. Must be positive.
rate

this is the distribution's rate parameters. Must be positive.
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikGamma() but you have to use the x and rate arguments. You can also get the derivative of shape or rate with llikGammaDshape() and llikGammaDrate().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dProb that has the derivatives with respect to the prob parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikGamma(1, 1, 10)

# You can use this in `rxode2` too:

et  <- et(seq(0.001, 1, length.out=10))
et$shape <- 1
et$rate <- 10
 
model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikGamma(time, shape, rate)
    dShape<- llikGammaDshape(time, shape, rate)
    dRate <- llikGammaDrate(time, shape, rate)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood and derivatives for Geom distribution

Description

log likelihood and derivatives for Geom distribution

Usage

llikGeom(x, prob, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

variable distributed by a geom distribution
prob

probability of success in each trial. 0 < prob <= 1.
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikGeom() but you have to use the x and rate arguments. You can also get the derivative of prob with llikGeomDprob().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dProb that has the derivatives with respect to the prob parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikGeom(1:10, 0.2)

et  <- et(1:10)
et$prob <- 0.2
 
model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikGeom(time, prob)
    dProb <- llikGeomDprob(time, prob)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

Calculate the log likelihood of the negative binomial function (and its derivatives)

Description

Calculate the log likelihood of the negative binomial function (and its derivatives)

Usage

llikNbinom(x, size, prob, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

Number of successes
size

Size of trial
prob

probability of success
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikNbinom() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivative of prob with llikNbinomDprob()

Value

data frame with fx for the pdf value of with dProb that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikNbinom(46:54, 100, 0.5)

llikNbinom(46:54, 100, 0.5, TRUE)

# In rxode2 you can use:

et <- et(46:54)
et$size <- 100
et$prob <-0.5

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikNbinom(time, size, prob)
    dProb <- llikNbinomDprob(time, size, prob)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

Calculate the log likelihood of the negative binomial function (and its derivatives)

Description

Calculate the log likelihood of the negative binomial function (and its derivatives)

Usage

llikNbinomMu(x, size, mu, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

Number of successes
size

Size of trial
mu

mu parameter for negative binomial
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikNbinomMu() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivative of mu with llikNbinomMuDmu()

Value

data frame with fx for the pdf value of with dProb that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikNbinomMu(46:54, 100, 40)

llikNbinomMu(46:54, 100, 40, TRUE)

et <- et(46:54)
et$size <- 100
et$mu <- 40

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikNbinomMu(time, size, mu)
    dProb <- llikNbinomMuDmu(time, size, mu)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

Log likelihood for normal distribution

Description

Log likelihood for normal distribution

Usage

llikNorm(x, mean = 0, sd = 1, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

Observation
mean

Mean for the likelihood
sd

Standard deviation for the likelihood
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikNorm() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivatives with llikNormDmean() and llikNormDsd()

Value

data frame with fx for the pdf value of with dMean and dSd that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikNorm(0)

llikNorm(seq(-2,2,length.out=10), full=TRUE)

# With rxode2 you can use:
 
et <- et(-3, 3, length.out=10)
et$mu <- 0
et$sigma <- 1

model <- function(){
  model({
    fx <- llikNorm(time, mu, sigma)
    dMean <- llikNormDmean(time, mu, sigma)
    dSd <- llikNormDsd(time, mu, sigma)
  })
 }

ret <- rxSolve(model, et)
ret

log-likelihood for the Poisson distribution

Description

log-likelihood for the Poisson distribution

Usage

llikPois(x, lambda, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

non negative integers
lambda

non-negative means
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikPois() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivatives with llikPoisDlambda()

Value

data frame with fx for the pdf value of with dLambda that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikPois(0:7, lambda = 1)

llikPois(0:7, lambda = 4, full=TRUE)

# In rxode2 you can use:

et <- et(0:10)
et$lambda <- 0.5

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikPois(time, lambda)
    dLambda <- llikPoisDlambda(time, lambda)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

Log likelihood of T and it's derivatives (from stan)

Description

Log likelihood of T and it's derivatives (from stan)

Usage

llikT(x, df, mean = 0, sd = 1, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

Observation
df

degrees of freedom (>0> 0, maybe non-integer). df = Inf is allowed.
mean

Mean for the likelihood
sd

Standard deviation for the likelihood
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikT() but you have to use all arguments. You can also get the derivative of df, mean and sd with llikTDdf(), llikTDmean() and llikTDsd().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dDf dMean and dSd that has the derivatives with respect to the parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

x <- seq(-3, 3, length.out = 21)

llikT(x, 7, 0, 1)

llikT(x, 15, 0, 1, full=TRUE)

et <- et(-3, 3, length.out=10)
et$nu <- 7
et$mean <- 0
et$sd <- 1

model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikT(time, nu, mean, sd)
    dDf <- llikTDdf(time, nu, mean, sd)
    dMean <- llikTDmean(time, nu, mean, sd)
    dSd   <- llikTDsd(time, nu, mean, sd)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood and derivatives for Unif distribution

Description

log likelihood and derivatives for Unif distribution

Usage

llikUnif(x, alpha, beta, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

variable distributed by a uniform distribution
alpha

is the lower limit of the uniform distribution
beta

is the upper limit of the distribution
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikUnif() but you have to use the x and rate arguments. You can also get the derivative of alpha or beta with llikUnifDalpha() and llikUnifDbeta().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dProb that has the derivatives with respect to the prob parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikUnif(1, -2, 2)

et  <- et(seq(1,1, length.out=4))
et$alpha <- -2
et$beta <- 2
 
model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikUnif(time, alpha, beta)
    dAlpha<- llikUnifDalpha(time, alpha, beta)
    dBeta <- llikUnifDbeta(time, alpha, beta)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

log likelihood and derivatives for Weibull distribution

Description

log likelihood and derivatives for Weibull distribution

Usage

llikWeibull(x, shape, scale, full = FALSE)

Arguments

x

variable distributed by a Weibull distribution
shape, scale

shape and scale parameters, the latter defaulting to 1.
full

Add the data frame showing x, mean, sd as well as the fx and derivatives

Details

In an rxode2() model, you can use llikWeibull() but you have to use the x and rate arguments. You can also get the derivative of shape or scale with llikWeibullDshape() and llikWeibullDscale().

Value

data frame with fx for the log pdf value of with dProb that has the derivatives with respect to the prob parameters at the observation time-point

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

llikWeibull(1, 1, 10)

# rxode2 can use this too:

et  <- et(seq(0.001, 1, length.out=10))
et$shape <- 1
et$scale <- 10
 
model <- function() {
  model({
    fx <- llikWeibull(time, shape, scale)
    dShape<- llikWeibullDshape(time, shape, scale)
    dScale <- llikWeibullDscale(time, shape, scale)
  })
}

rxSolve(model, et)

logit and inverse logit (expit) functions

Description

logit and inverse logit (expit) functions

Usage

logit(x, low = 0, high = 1)

expit(alpha, low = 0, high = 1)

logitNormInfo(mean = 0, sd = 1, low = 0, high = 1, abs.tol = 1e-06, ...)

probitNormInfo(mean = 0, sd = 1, low = 0, high = 1, abs.tol = 1e-06, ...)

Arguments

x

Input value(s) in range [low,high] to translate -Inf to Inf
low

Lowest value in the range
high

Highest value in the range
alpha

Infinite value(s) to translate to range of [low, high]
mean

logit-scale mean
sd

logit-scale standard deviation
abs.tol

absolute accuracy requested.
...

other parameters passed to integrate()

Details

logit is given by:

logit(p) = -log(1/p-1)

where:

p = x-low/high-low

expit is given by:

expit(p, low, high) = (high-low)/(1+exp(-alpha)) + low

The logitNormInfo() gives the mean, variance and coefficient of variability on the untransformed scale.

Value

values from logit and expit

Examples

logit(0.25)

expit(-1.09)

logitNormInfo(logit(0.25), sd = 0.1)

logitNormInfo(logit(1, 0, 10), sd = 1, low = 0, high = 10)

lowergamma: upper incomplete gamma function

Description

This is the tgamma_lower from the boost library

Usage

lowergamma(a, z)

Arguments

a

The numeric 'a' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma
z

The numeric 'z' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma

Details

The lowergamma function is given by:

lowergamma(a,z)=∫0zta−1⋅e−tdtlowergamma(a, z) = \int_{0}^{z}t^{a-1}\cdot e^{-t} dt

Value

lowergamma results

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

lowergamma(1, 3)

lowergamma(1:3, 3)

lowergamma(1, 1:3)

Leaky ReLU activation function

Description

Leaky ReLU activation function

Usage

lReLU(x)

Arguments

x

numeric vector

Value

numeric vector

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), softplus()

Examples

lReLU(c(-1, 0, 1))

# Can use in rxode2 as well

r <- rxode2({r <- lReLU(time)})
e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1))
rxSolve(r, e)

Calculate expected confidence bands or prediction intreval with normal or t sampling distribution

Description

The generic function meanProbs produces expected confidence bands under either the t distribution or the normal sampling distribution. This uses qnorm() or qt() with the mean and standard deviation.

Usage

meanProbs(x, ...)

## Default S3 method:
meanProbs(
  x,
  probs = seq(0, 1, 0.25),
  na.rm = FALSE,
  names = TRUE,
  useT = TRUE,
  onlyProbs = TRUE,
  pred = FALSE,
  n = 0L,
  ...
)

Arguments

x

numeric vector whose mean and probability based confidence values are wanted, NA and NaN values are not allowed in numeric vectors unless ‘na.rm’ is ‘TRUE’.
...

Arguments passed to default method, allows many different methods to be applied.
probs

numeric vector of probabilities with values in the interval from 0 to 1 .
na.rm

logical; if true, any NA and NaN's are removed from x before the quantiles are computed.
names

logical; if true, the result has a names attribute.
useT

logical; if true, use the t-distribution to calculate the confidence-based estimates. If false use the normal distribution to calculate the confidence based estimates.
onlyProbs

logical; if true, only return the probability based confidence interval estimates, otherwise return
pred

logical; if true use the prediction interval instead of the confidence interval
n

integer/integerish; this is the n used to calculate the prediction or confidence interval. When n=0 (default) use the number of non-NA observations.

Details

For a single probability, p, it uses either:

mean + qt(p, df=n)*sd/sqrt(n)

or

mean + qnorm(p)*sd/sqrt(n)

The smallest observation corresponds to a probability of 0 and the largest to a probability of 1 and the mean corresponds to 0.5.

The mean and standard deviation of the sample is calculated based on Welford's method for a single pass.

This is meant to perform in the same way as quantile() so it can be a drop in replacement for code using quantile() but using distributional assumptions.

Value

By default the return has the probabilities as names (if named) with the points where the expected distribution are located given the sampling mean and standard deviation. If onlyProbs=FALSE then it would prepend mean, variance, standard deviation, minimum, maximum and number of non-NA observations.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

quantile(x<- rnorm(1001))
meanProbs(x)

# Can get some extra statistics if you request onlyProbs=FALSE
meanProbs(x, onlyProbs=FALSE)

x[2] <- NA_real_

meanProbs(x, onlyProbs=FALSE)

quantile(x<- rnorm(42))

meanProbs(x)

meanProbs(x, useT=FALSE)

Model block for rxode2/nlmixr models

Description

Model block for rxode2/nlmixr models

Usage

## S3 method for class ''function''
model(
  x,
  ...,
  append = NULL,
  auto = getOption("rxode2.autoVarPiping", TRUE),
  cov = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
model(
  x,
  ...,
  append = NULL,
  auto = getOption("rxode2.autoVarPiping", TRUE),
  cov = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
model(
  x,
  ...,
  append = NULL,
  auto = getOption("rxode2.autoVarPiping", TRUE),
  cov = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxModelVars'
model(
  x,
  ...,
  append = NULL,
  auto = getOption("rxode2.autoVarPiping", TRUE),
  cov = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

model(
  x,
  ...,
  append = FALSE,
  auto = getOption("rxode2.autoVarPiping", TRUE),
  cov = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## Default S3 method:
model(x, ..., append = FALSE, cov = NULL, envir = parent.frame())

Arguments

x

model expression
...

Other arguments
append

This is a boolean to determine if the lines are appended in piping. The possible values for this is:

  • TRUE which is when the lines are appended to the model instead of replaced

  • FALSE when the lines are replaced in the model (default)

  • NA is when the lines are pre-pended to the model instead of replaced

  • ⁠lhs expression⁠, which will append the lines after the last observed line of the expression lhs

auto

This boolean tells if piping automatically selects the parameters should be characterized as a population parameter, between subject variability, or a covariate. When TRUE this automatic selection occurs. When FALSE this automatic selection is turned off and everything is added as a covariate (which can be promoted to a parameter with the ini statement). By default this is TRUE, but it can be changed by options(rxode2.autoVarPiping=FALSE).
cov

is a character vector of variables that should be assumed to be covariates. This will override automatic promotion to a population parameter estimate (or an eta)
envir

the environment in which unevaluated model expressions is to be evaluated. May also be NULL, a list, a data frame, a pairlist or an integer as specified to sys.call.

Value

Model block with ini information included. ini must be called before model block

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Assign the model block in the rxode2 related object

Description

Assign the model block in the rxode2 related object

Usage

model(x, envir = environment(x)) <- value

Arguments

x

rxode2 related object
envir

Environment where assignment occurs
value

Value of the object

Value

rxode2 related object

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Extract model lines from a rxui model

Description

Extract model lines from a rxui model

Usage

modelExtract(
  x,
  ...,
  expression = FALSE,
  endpoint = FALSE,
  lines = FALSE,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class ''function''
modelExtract(
  x,
  ...,
  expression = FALSE,
  endpoint = FALSE,
  lines = FALSE,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
modelExtract(
  x,
  ...,
  expression = FALSE,
  endpoint = FALSE,
  lines = FALSE,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
modelExtract(
  x,
  ...,
  expression = FALSE,
  endpoint = FALSE,
  lines = FALSE,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxModelVars'
modelExtract(
  x,
  ...,
  expression = FALSE,
  endpoint = FALSE,
  lines = FALSE,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## Default S3 method:
modelExtract(
  x,
  ...,
  expression = FALSE,
  endpoint = FALSE,
  lines = FALSE,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

Arguments

x

model to extract lines from
...

variables to extract. When it is missing, it will extract the entire model (conditioned on the endpoint option below)
expression

return expressions (if TRUE) or strings (if FALSE)
endpoint

include endpoint. This can be:

  • NA – Missing means include both the endpoint and non-endpoint lines

  • TRUE – Only include endpoint lines

  • FALSE – Only include non-endpoint lines

lines

is a boolean. When TRUE this will add the lines as an attribute to the output value ie attr(, "lines")
envir

Environment for evaluating variables

Value

expressions or strings of extracted lines. Note if there is a duplicated lhs expression in the line, it will return both lines

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

one.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- 0.45 # Log Ka
    tcl <- 1 # Log Cl
    tv <- 3.45    # Log V
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v  <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    d/dt(depot)  <- -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) <-  ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp <- center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
 }

 f <- one.compartment()

 modelExtract(f, cp)

 modelExtract(one.compartment, d/dt(depot))

 # from variable
 var <- "d/dt(depot)"

 modelExtract(one.compartment, var)

 modelExtract(f, endpoint=NA, lines=TRUE, expression=TRUE)

Conversion between character and integer ODE integration methods for rxode2

Description

If NULL is given as the method, all choices are returned as a named vector.

Usage

odeMethodToInt(method = c("liblsoda", "lsoda", "dop853", "indLin"))

Arguments

method

The method for solving ODEs. Currently this supports:

  • "liblsoda" thread safe lsoda. This supports parallel thread-based solving, and ignores user Jacobian specification.

  • "lsoda" – LSODA solver. Does not support parallel thread-based solving, but allows user Jacobian specification.

  • "dop853" – DOP853 solver. Does not support parallel thread-based solving nor user Jacobian specification

  • "indLin" – Solving through inductive linearization. The rxode2 dll must be setup specially to use this solving routine.

Value

An integer for the method (unless the input is NULL, in which case, see the details)

Cumulative distribution of standard normal

Description

Cumulative distribution of standard normal

Usage

phi(q)

Arguments

q

vector of quantiles

Value

cumulative distribution of standard normal distribution

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

# phi is equivalent to pnorm(x)
phi(3)

# See
pnorm(3)

# This is provided for NONMEM-like compatibility in rxode2 models

Plot rxode2 objects

Description

Plot rxode2 objects

Usage

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
plot(x, y, ..., log = "", xlab = "Time", ylab = "")

## S3 method for class 'rxSolveConfint1'
plot(x, y, ..., xlab = "Time", ylab = "", log = "")

## S3 method for class 'rxSolveConfint2'
plot(x, y, ..., xlab = "Time", ylab = "", log = "")

Arguments

x

rxode2 object to plot
y

Compartments or left-hand-side values to plot either as a bare name or as a character vector
...

Ignored
log

Should "" (neither x nor y), "x", "y", or "xy" (or "yx") be log-scale?
xlab, ylab

The x and y axis labels

Value

A ggplot2 object

See Also

Other rxode2 plotting: rxTheme()

Parametric ReLU Activation Function

Description

Parametric ReLU Activation Function

Usage

PReLU(x, alpha = 1)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.
alpha

A numeric scalar. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the ReLU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

PReLU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2), 2)

# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
   r=PReLU(time, 2)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(x, e)

Print Values

Description

print prints its argument and returns it invisibly (via invisible(x)). It is a generic function which means that new printing methods can be easily added for new classes.

Usage

## S3 method for class 'rxModelVars'
print(x, ...)

Arguments

x

an object used to select a method.
...

further arguments passed to or from other methods.

Details

The default method, print.default has its own help page. Use methods("print") to get all the methods for the print generic.

print.factor allows some customization and is used for printing ordered factors as well.

print.table for printing tables allows other customization. As of R 3.0.0, it only prints a description in case of a table with 0-extents (this can happen if a classifier has no valid data).

See noquote as an example of a class whose main purpose is a specific print method.

Value

This returns invisibly the model variables object

References

Chambers, J. M. and Hastie, T. J. (1992) Statistical Models in S. Wadsworth & Brooks/Cole.

See Also

The default method print.default, and help for the methods above; further options, noquote.

For more customizable (but cumbersome) printing, see cat, format or also write. For a simple prototypical print method, see .print.via.format in package tools.

Examples

require(stats)

ts(1:20)  #-- print is the "Default function" --> print.ts(.) is called
for(i in 1:3) print(1:i)

## Printing of factors
attenu$station ## 117 levels -> 'max.levels' depending on width

## ordered factors: levels  "l1 < l2 < .."
esoph$agegp[1:12]
esoph$alcgp[1:12]

## Printing of sparse (contingency) tables
set.seed(521)
t1 <- round(abs(rt(200, df = 1.8)))
t2 <- round(abs(rt(200, df = 1.4)))
table(t1, t2) # simple
print(table(t1, t2), zero.print = ".") # nicer to read

## same for non-integer "table":
T <- table(t2,t1)
T <- T * (1+round(rlnorm(length(T)))/4)
print(T, zero.print = ".") # quite nicer,
print.table(T[,2:8] * 1e9, digits=3, zero.print = ".")
## still slightly inferior to  Matrix::Matrix(T)  for larger T

## Corner cases with empty extents:
table(1, NA) # < table of extent 1 x 0 >

probit and inverse probit functions

Description

probit and inverse probit functions

Usage

probit(x, low = 0, high = 1)

probitInv(x, low = 0, high = 1)

Arguments

x

Input value(s) in range [low,high] to translate -Inf to Inf
low

Lowest value in the range
high

Highest value in the range

Value

values from probit, probitInv and probitNormInfo

Examples

probit(0.25)

probitInv(-0.674)

probitNormInfo(probit(0.25), sd = 0.1)

probitNormInfo(probit(1, 0, 10), sd = 1, low = 0, high = 10)

Rectified Linear Unit (ReLU) Activation Function

Description

This function applies the Rectified Linear Unit (ReLU) activation function to the input numeric vector. The ReLU function is defined as the positive part of its argument: f(x)=max(0,x)f(x) = max(0, x).

Usage

ReLU(x)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the ReLU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

ReLU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
   r=ReLU(time)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(x, e)

Scaled Inverse Chi Squared distribution

Description

Scaled Inverse Chi Squared distribution

Usage

rinvchisq(n = 1L, nu = 1, scale = 1)

Arguments

n

Number of random samples
nu

degrees of freedom of inverse chi square
scale

Scale of inverse chi squared distribution (default is 1).

Value

a vector of inverse chi squared deviates.

Examples

rinvchisq(3, 4, 1) ## Scale = 1, degrees of freedom = 4
rinvchisq(2, 4, 2) ## Scale = 2, degrees of freedom = 4

Allow unloading of dlls

Description

Allow unloading of dlls

Usage

rxAllowUnload(allow)

Arguments

allow

boolean indicating if garbage collection will unload of rxode2 dlls.

Value

Boolean allow; called for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

# Garbage collection will not unload un-used rxode2 dlls
rxAllowUnload(FALSE);

# Garbage collection will unload unused rxode2 dlls
rxAllowUnload(TRUE);

Append two rxui models together

Description

Append two rxui models together

Usage

rxAppendModel(..., common = TRUE)

Arguments

...

models to append together
common

boolean that determines if you need a common value to bind

Value

New model with both models appended together

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

ocmt <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- exp(0.45) # Ka
    tcl <- exp(1) # Cl
    tv <- exp(3.45); # log V
    ## the label("Label name") works with all models
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- tka
    cl <- tcl
    v <- tv
    d/dt(depot) <- -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) <- ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp <- center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

idr <- function() {
  ini({
    tkin <- log(1)
    tkout <- log(1)
    tic50 <- log(10)
    gamma <- fix(1)
    idr.sd <- 1
  })
  model({
    kin <- exp(tkin)
    kout <- exp(tkout)
    ic50 <- exp(tic50)
    d/dt(eff) <- kin - kout*(1-ceff^gamma/(ic50^gamma+ceff^gamma))
    eff ~ add(idr.sd)
  })
}

rxAppendModel(ocmt %>% model(ceff=cp,append=TRUE), idr)

Assign Control Variable

Description

Assign Control Variable

Usage

rxAssignControlValue(ui, option, value)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui function
option

Option name in the control to modify
value

Value of control to modify

Value

Nothing; called for the side effects

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Assign pointer based on model variables

Description

Assign pointer based on model variables

Usage

rxAssignPtr(object = NULL)

Arguments

object

rxode2 family of objects

Value

nothing, called for side effects

Simulate beta variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxbeta(shape1, shape2, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

shape1, shape2

non-negative parameters of the Beta distribution.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

beta random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxbeta(0.5, 0.5, n = 10) # with rxbeta you have to explicitly state n
rxbeta(5, 1, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxbeta(1, 3)


## This example uses `rxbeta` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxbeta(2, 2)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Simulate Binomial variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxbinom(size, prob, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

size

number of trials (zero or more).
prob

probability of success on each trial.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

binomial random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxbinom(10, 0.9, n = 10) # with rxbinom you have to explicitly state n
rxbinom(3, 0.5, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxbinom(4, 0.7)


## This example uses `rxbinom` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxbinom(1, 0.5)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Simulate Cauchy variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxcauchy(location = 0, scale = 1, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

location, scale

location and scale parameters.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

Cauchy random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxcauchy(0, 1, n = 10) # with rxcauchy you have to explicitly state n
rxcauchy(0.5, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxcauchy(3)


## This example uses `rxcauchy` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxcauchy(2)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Bind the study parameters and individual parameters

Description

Bind the study parameters and individual parameters

Usage

rxCbindStudyIndividual(studyParameters, individualParameters)

Arguments

studyParameters

These are the study parameters, often can be generated by sampling from a population. This can be either a matrix or a data frame
individualParameters

A data frame of individual parameters

Value

Data frame that can be used in rxode2 simulations

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

# Function for coverting coefficient of covariance into a variance
lognCv <- function(x){log((x/100)^2+1)}

set.seed(32)

nSub  <-  100
nStud  <-  10

#define theta
theta <- c(lka=log(0.5), # log ka
          lCl=log(5), # log Cl
          lV=log(300) # log V
          )

#define theta Matrix
thetaMat <- lotri(lCl ~ lognCv(5),
                 lV  ~ lognCv(5),
                 lka ~ lognCv(5))


nev <- nSub*nStud

ev1 <- data.frame(COV1=rnorm(nev,50,30),COV2=rnorm(nev,75,10),
                  COV3=sample(c(1.0,2.0),nev,replace=TRUE))


tmat <-rxRmvn(nStud, theta[dimnames(thetaMat)[[1]]], thetaMat)

rxCbindStudyIndividual(tmat, ev1)

Simulate chi-squared variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxchisq(df, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

df

degrees of freedom (non-negative, but can be non-integer).
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

chi squared random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxchisq(0.5, n = 10) # with rxchisq you have to explicitly state n
rxchisq(5, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxchisq(1)


## This example uses `rxchisq` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxchisq(2)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Cleanup anonymous DLLs by unloading them

Description

This cleans up any rxode2 loaded DLLs

Usage

rxClean(wd)

Arguments

wd

What directory should be cleaned; (DEPRECIATED), this no longer does anything.

This unloads all rxode2 anonymous dlls.

Value

TRUE if successful

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Compile a model if needed

Description

This is the compilation workhorse creating the rxode2 model DLL files.

Usage

rxCompile(
  model,
  dir,
  prefix,
  force = FALSE,
  modName = NULL,
  package = NULL,
  ...
)

## S3 method for class 'rxModelVars'
rxCompile(
  model,
  dir = NULL,
  prefix = NULL,
  force = FALSE,
  modName = NULL,
  package = NULL,
  ...
)

## S3 method for class 'character'
rxCompile(
  model,
  dir = NULL,
  prefix = NULL,
  force = FALSE,
  modName = NULL,
  package = NULL,
  ...
)

## S3 method for class 'rxDll'
rxCompile(model, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
rxCompile(model, ...)

Arguments

model

This is the ODE model specification. It can be:

  • a string containing the set of ordinary differential equations (ODE) and other expressions defining the changes in the dynamic system.

  • a file name where the ODE system equation is contained

An ODE expression enclosed in ⁠\{\}⁠

(see also the filename argument). For details, see the sections “Details” and ⁠rxode2 Syntax⁠ below.
dir

This is the model directory where the C file will be stored for compiling. 

If unspecified, the C code is stored in a temporary directory,
then the model is compiled and moved to the current directory.
Afterwards the C code is removed.

If specified, the C code is stored in the specified directory
and then compiled in that directory.  The C code is not removed
after the DLL is created in the same directory.  This can be
useful to debug the c-code outputs.
prefix

is a string indicating the prefix to use in the C based functions. If missing, it is calculated based on file name, or md5 of parsed model.
force

is a boolean stating if the (re)compile should be forced if rxode2 detects that the models are the same as already generated.
modName

a string to be used as the model name. This string is used for naming various aspects of the computations, including generating C symbol names, dynamic libraries, etc. Therefore, it is necessary that modName consists of simple ASCII alphanumeric characters starting with a letter.
package

Package name for pre-compiled binaries.
...

Other arguments sent to the rxTrans() function.

Value

An rxDll object that has the following components

  • dll DLL path

  • model model specification

  • .c A function to call C code in the correct context from the DLL using the .C() function.

  • .call A function to call C code in the correct context from the DLL using the .Call() function.

  • args A list of the arguments used to create the rxDll object.

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

See Also

rxode2()

This updates the tolerances based on the sensitivity equations

Description

This assumes the normal ODE equations are the first equations and the ODE is expanded by the forward sensitivities or other type of sensitivity (like adjoint)

Usage

rxControlUpdateSens(rxControl, sensCmt = NULL, ncmt = NULL)

Arguments

rxControl

Input list or rxControl type of list
sensCmt

Number of sensitivity compartments
ncmt

Number of compartments

Value

Updated rxControl where ⁠$atol⁠, ⁠$rtol⁠, ⁠$ssAtol⁠ ⁠$ssRtol⁠ are updated with different sensitivities for the normal ODEs (first) and a different sensitivity for the larger compartments (sensitivities).

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

tmp <- rxControl()

tmp2 <- rxControlUpdateSens(tmp, 3, 6)

tmp2$atol
tmp2$rtol
tmp2$ssAtol
tmp2$ssRtol

This will create the cache directory for rxode2 to save between sessions

Description

When run, if the R_user_dir for rxode2's cache isn't present, create the cache

Usage

rxCreateCache()

Value

nothing

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Add to rxode2's derivative tables

Description

Add to rxode2's derivative tables

Usage

rxD(name, derivatives)

Arguments

name

Function Name
derivatives

A list of functions. Each function takes the same number of arguments as the original function. The first function will construct the derivative with respect to the first argument; The second function will construct the derivitive with respect to the second argument, and so on.

Value

nothing

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

## Add an arbitrary list of derivative functions
## In this case the fun(x,y) is assumed to be 0.5*x^2+0.5*y^2

rxD("fun", list(
  function(x, y) {
    return(x)
  },
  function(x, y) {
    return(y)
  }
))

Delete the DLL for the model

Description

This function deletes the DLL, but doesn't delete the model information in the object.

Usage

rxDelete(obj)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects

Value

A boolean stating if the operation was successful.

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

Calculate derived parameters for the 1-, 2-, and 3- compartment linear models.

Description

This calculates the derived parameters based on what is provided in a data frame or arguments

Usage

rxDerived(..., verbose = FALSE, digits = 0)

Arguments

...

The input can be:

  • A data frame with PK parameters in it; This should ideally be a data frame with one pk parameter per row since it will output a data frame with one PK parameter per row.

  • PK parameters as either a vector or a scalar

verbose

boolean that when TRUE provides a message about the detected pk parameters and the detected compartmental model. By default this is FALSE.
digits

represents the number of significant digits for the output; If the number is zero or below (default), do not round.

Value

Return a data.frame of derived PK parameters for a 1-, 2-, or 3-compartment linear model given provided clearances and volumes based on the inferred model type.

The model parameters that will be provided in the data frame are:

  • vc: Central Volume (for 1-, 2- and 3- compartment models)

  • kel: First-order elimination rate (for 1-, 2-, and 3-compartment models)

  • k12: First-order rate of transfer from central to first peripheral compartment; (for 2- and 3-compartment models)

  • k21: First-order rate of transfer from first peripheral to central compartment, (for 2- and 3-compartment models)

  • k13: First-order rate of transfer from central to second peripheral compartment; (3-compartment model)

  • k31: First-order rate of transfer from second peripheral to central compartment (3-compartment model)

  • vp: Peripheral Volume (for 2- and 3- compartment models)

  • vp2: Peripheral Volume for 3rd compartment (3- compartment model)

  • vss: Volume of distribution at steady state; (1-, 2-, and 3-compartment models)

  • t12alpha: t1/2,αt_{1/2,\alpha}; (1-, 2-, and 3-compartment models)

  • t12beta: t1/2,βt_{1/2,\beta}; (2- and 3-compartment models)

  • t12gamma: t1/2,γt_{1/2,\gamma}; (3-compartment model)

  • alpha: α\alpha; (1-, 2-, and 3-compartment models)

  • beta: β\beta; (2- and 3-compartment models)

  • gamma: β\beta; (3-compartment model)

  • A: true A; (1-, 2-, and 3-compartment models)

  • B: true B; (2- and 3-compartment models)

  • C: true C; (3-compartment model)

  • fracA: fractional A; (1-, 2-, and 3-compartment models)

  • fracB: fractional B; (2- and 3-compartment models)

  • fracC: fractional C; (3-compartment model)

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler and documentation from Justin Wilkins, [email protected]

References

Shafer S. L. CONVERT.XLS

Rowland M, Tozer TN. Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics: Concepts and Applications (4th). Clipping Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2010.

Examples

## Note that rxode2 parses the names to figure out the best PK parameter

params <- rxDerived(cl = 29.4, v = 23.4, Vp = 114, vp2 = 4614, q = 270, q2 = 73)

## That is why this gives the same results as the value before

params <- rxDerived(CL = 29.4, V1 = 23.4, V2 = 114, V3 = 4614, Q2 = 270, Q3 = 73)

## You may also use micro-constants alpha/beta etc.

params <- rxDerived(k12 = 0.1, k21 = 0.2, k13 = 0.3, k31 = 0.4, kel = 10, v = 10)

## or you can mix vectors and scalars

params <- rxDerived(CL = 29.4, V = 1:3)

## If you want, you can round to a number of significant digits
## with the `digits` argument:

params <- rxDerived(CL = 29.4, V = 1:3, digits = 2)

Jacobian and parameter derivatives

Description

Return Jacobain and parameter derivatives

Usage

rxDfdy(obj)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects

Value

A list of the jacobian parameters defined in this rxode2 object.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Query model information: rxInits(), rxLhs(), rxModelVars(), rxParams(), rxState()

Dispatch solve to 'rxode2' solve

Description

Dispatch solve to 'rxode2' solve

Usage

rxEtDispatchSolve(x, ...)

## Default S3 method:
rxEtDispatchSolve(x, ...)

Arguments

x

rxode2 solve dispatch object
...

other arguments

Value

if 'rxode2' is loaded, a solved object, otherwise an error

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

EVID formatting for tibble and other places.

Description

This is to make an EVID more readable by non pharmacometricians. It displays what each means and allows it to be displayed in a tibble.

Usage

rxEvid(x)

as.rxEvid(x)

## S3 method for class 'rxEvid'
c(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxEvid'
x[...]

## S3 method for class 'rxEvid'
as.character(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxEvid'
x[[...]]

## S3 replacement method for class 'rxEvid'
units(x) <- value

## S3 method for class 'rxRateDur'
c(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxEvid'
format(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxRateDur'
format(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxEvid'
print(x, ...)

Arguments

x

Item to be converted to a rxode2 EVID specification.
...

Other parameters
value

It will be an error to set units for evid

Value

rxEvid specification

Examples

rxEvid(1:7)

Simulate exponential variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxexp(rate, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

rate

vector of rates.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

exponential random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxexp(0.5, n = 10) # with rxexp you have to explicitly state n
rxexp(5, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxexp(1)


## This example uses `rxexp` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxexp(2)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Simulate F variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxf(df1, df2, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

df1, df2

degrees of freedom. Inf is allowed.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

f random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxf(0.5, 0.5, n = 10) # with rxf you have to explicitly state n
rxf(5, 1, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxf(1, 3)


## This example uses `rxf` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxf(2, 2)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Apply the fixed population estimated parameters

Description

Apply the fixed population estimated parameters

Usage

rxFixPop(ui, returnNull = FALSE)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui function
returnNull

boolean for if unchanged values should return the original ui (FALSE) or null (TRUE)

Value

when returnNull is TRUE, NULL if nothing was changed, or the changed model ui. When returnNull is FALSE, return a ui no matter if it is changed or not.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

One.comp.transit.allo <- function() {
 ini({
   # Where initial conditions/variables are specified
   lktr <- log(1.15)  #log k transit (/h)
   lcl  <- log(0.15)  #log Cl (L/hr)
   lv   <- log(7)     #log V (L)
   ALLC <- fix(0.75)  #allometric exponent cl
   ALLV <- fix(1.00)  #allometric exponent v
   prop.err <- 0.15   #proportional error (SD/mean)
   add.err <- 0.6     #additive error (mg/L)
   eta.ktr ~ 0.5
   eta.cl ~ 0.1
   eta.v ~ 0.1
 })
 model({
   #Allometric scaling on weight
   cl <- exp(lcl + eta.cl + ALLC * logWT70)
   v  <- exp(lv + eta.v + ALLV * logWT70)
   ktr <- exp(lktr + eta.ktr)
   # RxODE-style differential equations are supported
   d/dt(depot)   = -ktr * depot
   d/dt(central) =  ktr * trans - (cl/v) * central
   d/dt(trans)   =  ktr * depot - ktr * trans
   ## Concentration is calculated
   cp = central/v
   # And is assumed to follow proportional and additive error
   cp ~ prop(prop.err) + add(add.err)
 })
}

m <- rxFixPop(One.comp.transit.allo)
m

# now everything is already fixed, so calling again will do nothing

rxFixPop(m)

# if you call it with returnNull=TRUE when no changes have been
# performed, the function will return NULL

rxFixPop(m, returnNull=TRUE)

Add/Create C functions for use in rxode2

Description

Add/Create C functions for use in rxode2

Usage

rxFun(name, args, cCode)

rxRmFun(name)

Arguments

name

This can either give the name of the user function or be a simple R function that you wish to convert to C. If you have rxode2 convert the R function to C, the name of the function will match the function name provided and the number of arguments will match the R function provided. Hence, if you are providing an R function for conversion to C, the rest of the arguments are implied.
args

This gives the arguments of the user function
cCode

This is the C-code for the new function

Examples

# Right now rxode2 is not aware of the function fun
# Therefore it cannot translate it to symengine or
# Compile a model with it.

try(rxode2("a=fun(a,b,c)"))

# Note for this approach to work, it cannot interfere with C
# function names or reserved rxode2 special terms.  Therefore
# f(x) would not work since f is an alias for bioavailability.

fun <- "
double fun(double a, double b, double c) {
  return a*a+b*a+c;
}
" # C-code for function

rxFun("fun", c("a", "b", "c"), fun) ## Added function

# Now rxode2 knows how to translate this function to symengine

rxToSE("fun(a,b,c)")

# And will take a central difference when calculating derivatives

rxFromSE("Derivative(fun(a,b,c),a)")

## Of course, you could specify the derivative table manually
rxD("fun", list(
  function(a, b, c) {
    paste0("2*", a, "+", b)
  },
  function(a, b, c) {
    return(a)
  },
  function(a, b, c) {
    return("0.0")
  }
))

rxFromSE("Derivative(fun(a,b,c),a)")

# You can also remove the functions by `rxRmFun`

rxRmFun("fun")

# you can also use R functions directly in rxode2


gg <- function(x, y) {
  x + y
}

f <- rxode2({
 z = gg(x, y)
})


e <- et(1:10) |> as.data.frame()

e$x <- 1:10
e$y <- 21:30

rxSolve(f, e)

# Note that since it touches R, it can only run single-threaded.
# There are also requirements for the function:
#
# 1. It accepts one value per argument (numeric)
#
# 2. It returns one numeric value

# If it is a simple function (like gg) you can also convert it to C
# using rxFun and load it into rxode2

rxFun(gg)

rxSolve(f, e)

# to stop the recompile simply reassign the function
f <- rxode2(f)

rxSolve(f, e)

rxRmFun("gg")
rm(gg)
rm(f)


# You can also automatically convert a R function to R code (and
# calculate first derivatives)

fun <- function(a, b, c) {
  a^2+b*a+c
}

rxFun(fun)

# You can see the R code if you want with rxC

message(rxC("fun"))

# you can also remove both the function and the
# derivatives with rxRmFun("fun")

rxRmFun("fun")

Simulate gamma variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxgamma(shape, rate = 1, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

shape

The shape of the gamma random variable
rate

an alternative way to specify the scale.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

gamma random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxgamma(0.5, n = 10) # with rxgamma you have to explicitly state n
rxgamma(5, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxgamma(1)


## This example uses `rxbeta` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxgamma(2)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Simulate geometric variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxgeom(prob, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

prob

probability of success in each trial. 0 < prob <= 1.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

geometric random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxgeom(0.5, n = 10) # with rxgeom you have to explicitly state n
rxgeom(0.25, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxgeom(0.75)


## This example uses `rxgeom` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxgeom(0.24)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

rxGetControl option from ui

Description

rxGetControl option from ui

Usage

rxGetControl(ui, option, default)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui object
option

Option to get
default

Default value

Value

Option (if present) or default value

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Get the linear compartment model true function

Description

Get the linear compartment model true function

Usage

rxGetLin(
  model,
  linCmtSens = c("linCmtA", "linCmtB", "linCmtC"),
  verbose = FALSE
)

Arguments

model

This is the ODE model specification. It can be:

  • a string containing the set of ordinary differential equations (ODE) and other expressions defining the changes in the dynamic system.

  • a file name where the ODE system equation is contained

An ODE expression enclosed in ⁠\{\}⁠

(see also the filename argument). For details, see the sections “Details” and ⁠rxode2 Syntax⁠ below.
linCmtSens

The method to calculate the linCmt() solutions
verbose

When TRUE be verbose with the linear compartmental model

Value

model with linCmt() replaced with linCmtA()

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Get rxode2 model from object

Description

Get rxode2 model from object

Usage

rxGetrxode2(obj)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects

Value

rxode2 model

Get the rxode2 seed

Description

Get the rxode2 seed

Usage

rxGetSeed()

Value

rxode2 seed state or -1 when the seed isn't set

See Also

rxSetSeed, rxWithSeed, rxWithPreserveSeed

Examples

# without setting seed

rxGetSeed()
# Now set the seed
rxSetSeed(42)

rxGetSeed()

rxnorm()

rxGetSeed()

# don't use the rxode2 seed again

rxSetSeed(-1)

rxGetSeed()

rxnorm()

rxGetSeed()

Format rxSolve and related objects as html.

Description

Format rxSolve and related objects as html.

Usage

rxHtml(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
rxHtml(x, ...)

Arguments

x

rxode2 object
...

Extra arguments sent to kable

Value

html code for rxSolve object

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Set the preferred factoring by state

Description

Set the preferred factoring by state

Usage

rxIndLinState(preferred = NULL)

Arguments

preferred

A list of each state's preferred factorization

Value

Nothing

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

This sets the inductive linearization strategy for matrix building

Description

When there is more than one state in a ODE that cannot be separated this specifies how it is incorporated into the matrix exponential.

Usage

rxIndLinStrategy(strategy = c("curState", "split"))

Arguments

strategy

The strategy for inductive linearization matrix building

  • curState Prefer parameterizing in terms of the current state, followed by the first state observed in the term.

  • split Split the parameterization between all states in the term by dividing each by the number of states in the term and then adding a matrix term for each state.

Value

Nothing

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Convert a positive base

Description

Convert a positive base

Usage

rxIntToBase(x, base = 36L)

Arguments

x

integer to convert
base

can be 2 to 36

Value

a sequence of letters and representing the number(s) input

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

rxIntToBase(1:100)

Convert a positive integer to a letter series

Description

Convert a positive integer to a letter series

Usage

rxIntToLetter(x, base = 26L)

Arguments

x

integer to convert
base

can be 2 to 26

Value

a sequence of letters representing the number(s) input

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

rxIntToLetter(1:100)

Invert matrix using RcppArmadillo.

Description

Invert matrix using RcppArmadillo.

Usage

rxInv(matrix)

Arguments

matrix

matrix to be inverted.

Value

inverse or pseudo inverse of matrix.

Checks if the rxode2 object was built with the current build

Description

Checks if the rxode2 object was built with the current build

Usage

rxIsCurrent(obj)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects

Value

boolean indicating if this was built with current rxode2

Left handed Variables

Description

This returns the model calculated variables

Usage

rxLhs(obj)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects

Value

a character vector listing the calculated parameters

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

See Also

rxode2

Other Query model information: rxDfdy(), rxInits(), rxModelVars(), rxParams(), rxState()

Lock/unlocking of rxode2 dll file

Description

Lock/unlocking of rxode2 dll file

Usage

rxLock(obj)

rxUnlock(obj)

Arguments

obj

A rxode2 family of objects

Value

nothing; called for side effects

Simulate Binomial variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxnbinom(size, prob, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

rxnbinomMu(size, mu, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

size

target for number of successful trials, or dispersion parameter (the shape parameter of the gamma mixing distribution). Must be strictly positive, need not be integer.
prob

probability of success in each trial. 0 < prob <= 1.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks
mu

alternative parametrization via mean: see ‘Details’.

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

negative binomial random deviates. Note that rxbinom2 uses the mu parameterization an the rxbinom uses the prob parameterization (mu=size/(prob+size))

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxnbinom(10, 0.9, n = 10) # with rxbinom you have to explicitly state n
rxnbinom(3, 0.5, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxnbinom(4, 0.7)

# use mu parameter
rxnbinomMu(40, 40, n=10)

## This example uses `rxbinom` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxnbinom(10, 0.5)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:100)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxnbinomMu(10, 40)
  })
}

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Get the normalized model

Description

This get the syntax preferred model for processing

Usage

rxNorm(obj, condition = NULL, removeInis, removeJac, removeSens)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects
condition

Character string of a logical condition to use for subsetting the normalized model. When missing, and a condition is not set via rxCondition, return the whole code with all the conditional settings intact. When a condition is set with rxCondition, use that condition.
removeInis

A boolean indicating if parameter initialization will be removed from the model
removeJac

A boolean indicating if the Jacobians will be removed.
removeSens

A boolean indicating if the sensitivities will be removed.

Value

Normalized Normal syntax (no comments)

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Simulate random normal variable from threefry generator

Description

Simulate random normal variable from threefry generator

Usage

rxnormV(mean = 0, sd = 1, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

rxnorm(mean = 0, sd = 1, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

mean

vector of means.
sd

vector of standard deviations.
n

number of observations
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Value

normal random number deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxnorm(n = 10) # with rxnorm you have to explicitly state n
rxnorm(n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxnorm(2, 3) ## The first 2 arguments are the mean and standard deviation


## This example uses `rxnorm` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxnorm()
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Create an ODE-based model specification

Description

Create a dynamic ODE-based model object suitably for translation into fast C code

Usage

rxode2(
  model,
  modName = basename(wd),
  wd = getwd(),
  filename = NULL,
  extraC = NULL,
  debug = FALSE,
  calcJac = NULL,
  calcSens = NULL,
  collapseModel = FALSE,
  package = NULL,
  ...,
  linCmtSens = c("linCmtA", "linCmtB", "linCmtC"),
  indLin = FALSE,
  verbose = FALSE,
  fullPrint = getOption("rxode2.fullPrint", FALSE),
  envir = parent.frame()
)

RxODE(
  model,
  modName = basename(wd),
  wd = getwd(),
  filename = NULL,
  extraC = NULL,
  debug = FALSE,
  calcJac = NULL,
  calcSens = NULL,
  collapseModel = FALSE,
  package = NULL,
  ...,
  linCmtSens = c("linCmtA", "linCmtB", "linCmtC"),
  indLin = FALSE,
  verbose = FALSE,
  fullPrint = getOption("rxode2.fullPrint", FALSE),
  envir = parent.frame()
)

rxode(
  model,
  modName = basename(wd),
  wd = getwd(),
  filename = NULL,
  extraC = NULL,
  debug = FALSE,
  calcJac = NULL,
  calcSens = NULL,
  collapseModel = FALSE,
  package = NULL,
  ...,
  linCmtSens = c("linCmtA", "linCmtB", "linCmtC"),
  indLin = FALSE,
  verbose = FALSE,
  fullPrint = getOption("rxode2.fullPrint", FALSE),
  envir = parent.frame()
)

Arguments

model

This is the ODE model specification. It can be:

  • a string containing the set of ordinary differential equations (ODE) and other expressions defining the changes in the dynamic system.

  • a file name where the ODE system equation is contained

An ODE expression enclosed in ⁠\{\}⁠

(see also the filename argument). For details, see the sections “Details” and ⁠rxode2 Syntax⁠ below.
modName

a string to be used as the model name. This string is used for naming various aspects of the computations, including generating C symbol names, dynamic libraries, etc. Therefore, it is necessary that modName consists of simple ASCII alphanumeric characters starting with a letter.
wd

character string with a working directory where to create a subdirectory according to modName. When specified, a subdirectory named after the “modName.d” will be created and populated with a C file, a dynamic loading library, plus various other working files. If missing, the files are created (and removed) in the temporary directory, and the rxode2 DLL for the model is created in the current directory named ⁠rx_????_platform⁠, for example rx_129f8f97fb94a87ca49ca8dafe691e1e_i386.dll
filename

A file name or connection object where the ODE-based model specification resides. Only one of model or filename may be specified.
extraC

Extra c code to include in the model. This can be useful to specify functions in the model. These C functions should usually take double precision arguments, and return double precision values.
debug

is a boolean indicating if the executable should be compiled with verbose debugging information turned on.
calcJac

boolean indicating if rxode2 will calculate the Jacobain according to the specified ODEs.
calcSens

boolean indicating if rxode2 will calculate the sensitivities according to the specified ODEs.
collapseModel

boolean indicating if rxode2 will remove all LHS variables when calculating sensitivities.
package

Package name for pre-compiled binaries.
...

ignored arguments.
linCmtSens

The method to calculate the linCmt() solutions
indLin

Calculate inductive linearization matrices and compile with inductive linearization support.
verbose

When TRUE be verbose with the linear compartmental model
fullPrint

When using printf within the model, if TRUE print on every step (except ME/indLin), otherwise when FALSE print only when calculating the d/dt
envir

is the environment to look for R user functions (defaults to parent environment)

Details

The Rx in the name rxode2 is meant to suggest the abbreviation Rx for a medical prescription, and thus to suggest the package emphasis on pharmacometrics modeling, including pharmacokinetics (PK), pharmacodynamics (PD), disease progression, drug-disease modeling, etc.

The ODE-based model specification may be coded inside four places:

  • Inside a rxode2({}) block statements: 

library(rxode2)
mod <- rxode2({
  # simple assignment
  C2 <- centr/V2

  # time-derivative assignment
  d/dt(centr) <- F*KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3;
})

  • Inside a rxode2("") string statement: 

mod <- rxode2("
  # simple assignment
  C2 <- centr/V2

  # time-derivative assignment
  d/dt(centr) <- F*KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3;
")

  • In a file name to be loaded by rxode2: 

writeLines("
  # simple assignment
  C2 <- centr/V2

  # time-derivative assignment
  d/dt(centr) <- F*KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3;
", "modelFile.rxode2")
mod <- rxode2(filename='modelFile.rxode2')
unlink("modelFile.rxode2")

  • In a model function which can be parsed by rxode2: 

mod <- function() {
  model({
    # simple assignment
    C2 <- centr/V2

    # time-derivative assignment
    d/dt(centr) <- F*KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3;
  })
}

mod <- rxode2(mod) # or simply mod() if the model is at the end of the function

# These model functions often have residual components and initial
# (`ini({})`) conditions attached as well. For example the
# theophylline model can be written as:

one.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- 0.45 # Log Ka
    tcl <- 1 # Log Cl
    tv <- 3.45    # Log V
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp = center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

# after parsing the model
mod <- one.compartment()

For the block statement, character string or text file an internal rxode2 compilation manager translates the ODE system into C, compiles it and loads it into the R session. The call to rxode2 produces an object of class rxode2 which consists of a list-like structure (environment) with various member functions.

For the last type of model (a model function), a call to rxode2 creates a parsed rxode2 ui that can be translated to the rxode2 compilation model. 

mod$simulationModel

# or
mod$simulationIniModel

This is the same type of function required for nlmixr2 estimation and can be extended and modified by model piping. For this reason will be focused on in the documentation.

This basic model specification consists of one or more statements optionally terminated by semi-colons ⁠;⁠ and optional comments (comments are delimited by ⁠#⁠ and an end-of-line).

A block of statements is a set of statements delimited by curly braces, { ... }.

Statements can be either assignments, conditional if/⁠else if⁠/⁠else⁠, while loops (can be exited by break), special statements, or printing statements (for debugging/testing).

Assignment statements can be:

  • simple assignments, where the left hand is an identifier (i.e., variable). This includes string assignments

  • special time-derivative assignments, where the left hand specifies the change of the amount in the corresponding state variable (compartment) with respect to time e.g., d/dt(depot):

  • special initial-condition assignments where the left hand specifies the compartment of the initial condition being specified, e.g. depot(0) = 0

  • special model event changes including bioavailability (f(depot)=1), lag time (alag(depot)=0), modeled rate (rate(depot)=2) and modeled duration (dur(depot)=2). An example of these model features and the event specification for the modeled infusions the rxode2 data specification is found in rxode2 events vignette.

  • special change point syntax, or model times. These model times are specified by mtime(var)=time

  • special Jacobian-derivative assignments, where the left hand specifies the change in the compartment ode with respect to a variable. For example, if d/dt(y) = dy, then a Jacobian for this compartment can be specified as df(y)/dy(dy) = 1. There may be some advantage to obtaining the solution or specifying the Jacobian for very stiff ODE systems. However, for the few stiff systems we tried with LSODA, this actually slightly slowed down the solving.

  • Special string value declarations which tell what values a string variable will take within a rxode2 solving structure. These values will then cause a factor to be created for this variable on solving the rxode2 model. As such, they are declared in much the same way as R, that is: labels(a) <- c("a1", "a2").

Note that assignment can be done by =, ⁠<-⁠ or ~.

When assigning with the ~ operator, the simple assignments and time-derivative assignments will not be output. Note that with the rxode2 model functions assignment with ~ can also be overloaded with a residual distribution specification.

Special statements can be:

  • Compartment declaration statements, which can change the default dosing compartment and the assumed compartment number(s) as well as add extra compartment names at the end (useful for multiple-endpoint nlmixr models); These are specified by cmt(compartmentName)

  • Parameter declaration statements, which can make sure the input parameters are in a certain order instead of ordering the parameters by the order they are parsed. This is useful for keeping the parameter order the same when using 2 different ODE models. These are specified by param(par1, par2,...)

  • Variable interpolation statements, which tells the interpolation for specific covariates. These include locf(cov1, cov2, ...) for last observation carried forward, nocb(cov1, cov2, ...) for next observation carried backward, linear(cov1, cov2, ...) for linear interpolation and midpoint(cov1, cov2, ...) for midpoint interpolation.

An example model is shown below: 

   # simple assignment
   C2 <- centr/V2

   # time-derivative assignment
   d/dt(centr) <- F*KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3;

Expressions in assignment and if statements can be numeric or logical.

Numeric expressions can include the following numeric operators ⁠+, -, *, /, ^⁠ and those mathematical functions defined in the C or the R math libraries (e.g., fabs, exp, log, sin, abs).

You may also access the R’s functions in the R math libraries, like lgammafn for the log gamma function.

The rxode2 syntax is case-sensitive, i.e., ABC is different than abc, Abc, ABc, etc.

Identifiers

Like R, Identifiers (variable names) may consist of one or more alphanumeric, underscore ⁠_⁠ or period . characters, but the first character cannot be a digit or underscore ⁠_⁠.

Identifiers in a model specification can refer to:

  • State variables in the dynamic system (e.g., compartments in a pharmacokinetics model).

  • Implied input variable, t (time), tlast (last time point), and podo (oral dose, in the undocumented case of absorption transit models).

  • Special constants like pi or R’s predefined constants.

  • Model parameters (e.g., ka rate of absorption, CL clearance, etc.)

  • Others, as created by assignments as part of the model specification; these are referred as LHS (left-hand side) variable.

Currently, the rxode2 modeling language only recognizes system state variables and “parameters”, thus, any values that need to be passed from R to the ODE model (e.g., age) should be either passed in the params argument of the integrator function rxSolve() or be in the supplied event data-set.

There are certain variable names that are in the rxode2 event tables. To avoid confusion, the following event table-related items cannot be assigned, or used as a state but can be accessed in the rxode2 code:

  • cmt

  • dvid

  • addl

  • ss

  • amt

  • dur

  • rate

  • Rprintf

  • print

  • printf

  • id

However the following variables are cannot be used in a model specification:

  • evid

  • ii

Sometimes rxode2 generates variables that are fed back to rxode2. Similarly, nlmixr2 generates some variables that are used in nlmixr estimation and simulation. These variables start with the either the rx or nlmixr prefixes. To avoid any problems, it is suggested to not use these variables starting with either the rx or nlmixr prefixes.

Logical Operators

Logical operators support the standard R operators ==, != >= <= > and <. Like R these can be in ⁠if()⁠ or ⁠while()⁠ statements, ifelse() expressions. Additionally they can be in a standard assignment. For instance, the following is valid: 

cov1 = covm*(sexf == "female") + covm*(sexf != "female")

Notice that you can also use character expressions in comparisons. This convenience comes at a cost since character comparisons are slower than numeric expressions. Unlike R, as.numeric or as.integer for these logical statements is not only not needed, but will cause an syntax error if you try to use the function.

Supported functions

All the supported functions in rxode2 can be seen with the rxSupportedFuns().

A brief description of the built-in functions are in the following table:

Function Description Aliases
gamma(x) The Gamma function gammafn
lgamma(x) Natural logarithm of absolute value of gamma function digamma
digamma(x) First derivative of lgamma
trigamma(x) Second derivative of lgamma
tetragamma(x) Third derivative of lgamma
pentagamma(x) Fourth derivative of lgamma
psigamma(x, deriv) n-th derivative of Psi, the digamma function, which is the derivative of lgammafn. In other words, digamma(x) is the same as psigamma(x,0), trigamma(x) == psigamma(x,1), etc.
cospi(x) cos(pi*x)
sinpi(x) sin(pi*x)
tanpi(x) tan(pi*x)
beta(a, b) Beta function
lbeta(a, b) log Beta function
bessel_i(x, nu, expo) Bessel function type I with index nu expo==1 is unscaled expo==2 is scaled by exp(-x)
bessel_j(x, nu) Bessel function type J with index nu
bessel_k(x, ku, expo) Bessel function type K with index nu expo==1 is unscaled expo==2 is scaled by exp(x)
bessel_y(x, nu) Bessel function type Y with index nu
R_pow(x, y) x^y
R_pow_di(x, I) x^y y is an integer
log1pmx log(1+x) - x
log1pexp log(1+exp(x))
expm1(x) exp(x)-1
lgamma1p(x) log(gamma(x+1))
sign(x) Compute the signum function where sign(x) is 1, 0 -1
fsign(x, y) abs(x)*sign(y)
fprec(x, digits) x rounded to digits (after the decimal point, used by signif()
fround(x, digits) Round, used by R’s round()
ftrunc(x) Truncated towards zero
abs(x) absolute value of x fabs
sin(x) sine of x
cos(x) cos of x
tan(x) tan of x
factorial(x) factorial of x
lfactorial(x) log(factorial(x))
log10(x) log base 10
log2(x) log base 2
pnorm(x) Normal CDF of x normcdf, phi
qnorm(x) Normal pdf of x norminv
probit(x, low=0, hi=1) Probit (normal pdf) of x transforming into a range
probitInv(q, low=0, hi=1) Inverse probit of x transforming into a range
acos(x) Inverse cosine
asin(x) Inverse sine
atan(x) Inverse tangent
atan2(a, b) Four quadrant inverse tangent
sinh(x) Hyperbolic sine
cosh(x) Hyperbolic cosine
tanh(x) Hyperbolic tangent
floor(x) Downward rounding
ceil(x) Upward rounding
logit(x, low=0, hi=1) Logit transformation of x transforming into a range
expit(x, low=0, hi=1) expit transofmration in range invLogit, logitInv
gammaq(a, z) Normalized incomplete gamma from boost
gammaqInv(a, q) Normalized incomplete gamma inverse from boost
ifelse(cond, trueValue, falseValue) if else function
gammap(a, z) Normalized lower incomplete gamma from boost
gammapInv(a, p) Inverse of Normalized lower incomplete gamma from boost
gammapInva(x, p) Inverse of Normalized lower incomplete gamma from boost
rxnorm(x) Generate one deviate of from a normal distribution for each observation scale
rxnormV(x) Generate one deviate from low discrepancy normal for each observation
rxcauchy Generate one deviate from the cauchy distribution for each observation
rxchisq Generate one deviate from the chisq distribution for each observation
rxexp Generate one deviate from the exponential distribution for each observation
rxf Generate one deviate from low discrepancy normal for each observation
rxgamma Generate one deviate from the gamma distribution for each observation
rxbeta Generate one deviate from the beta distribution for each observation
rxgeom Generate one deviate from the geometric distribution for each observation
rxpois Generate one deviate from the poission distribution for each observation
rxt Generate one deviate from the t distribtuion for each observation
tad() or tad(x) Time after dose (tad()) or time after dose for a compartment tad(cmt); no dose=NA
tad0() or tad0(x) Time after dose (tad0()) or time after dose for a compartment tad0(cmt); no dose=0
tafd() or tafd(x) Time after first dose (tafd()) or time after first dose for a compartment tafd(cmt); no dose=NA
tafd0() or tafd0(x) Time after first dose (tafd()) or time after first dose for a compartment tafd(cmt); no dose=NA
dosenum() Dose Number
tlast() or tlast(cmt) Time of Last dose; This takes into consideration any lag time, so if there is a dose at time 3 and a lag of 1, the time of last dose would be 4. tlast(cmt) calculates the time since last dose of a compartment; no dose=NA
tlast0() or tlast0(cmt) Time of Last dose; This takes into consideration any lag time, so if there is a dose at time 3 and a lag of 1, the time of last dose would be 4. tlast(cmt) calculates the time since last dose of a compartment; no dose=0
tfirst() or tfirst(cmt) Time since first dose or time since first dose of a compartment; no dose=NA
tfirst0() or tfirst0(cmt) Time since first dose or time since first dose of a compartment; no dose=0
prod(…) product of terms; This uses PreciseSums so the product will not have as much floating point errors (though it will take longer)
sum(…) sum of terms; This uses PreciseSums so the product will not have as much floating point errors (though it will take longer)
max(…) maximum of a group of numbers
min(…) Min of a group of numbers
lag(parameter, number=1) Get the lag of an input parameter; You can specify a number of lagged observations
lead(parameter, number=2) Get the lead of an input parameter; You can specify a number of lead observation
diff(par, number=1) Get the difference between the current parameter and the last parameter; Can change the parameter number
first(par) Get the first value of an input parameter
last(par) Get the last value of an input parameter
transit() The transit compartment psuedo function
is.na() Determine if a value is NA
is.nan() Determine if a value is NaN
is.infinite() Check to see if the value is infinite
rinorm(x) Generate one deviate of from a normal distribution for each individual
rinormV(x) Generate one deviate from low discrepancy normal for each individual
ricauchy Generate one deviate from the cauchy distribution for each individual
richisq Generate one deviate from the chisq distribution for each individual
riexp Generate one deviate from the exponential distribution for each individual
rif Generate one deviate from low discrepancy normal for each individual
rigamma Generate one deviate from the gamma distribution for each individual
ribeta Generate one deviate from the beta distribution for each individual
rigeom Generate one deviate from the geometric distribution for each individual
ropois Generate one deviate from the poission distribution for each individual
rit Generate one deviate from the t distribtuion for each individual
simeps Simulate EPS from possibly truncated sigma matrix. Will take sigma matrix from the current study. Simulated at the very last moment.
simeta Simulate ETA from possibly truncated omega matrix. Will take the omega matrix from the current study. Simulated at the initilization of the ODE system or the intialization of lhs

Note that ⁠lag(cmt) =⁠ is equivalent to ⁠alag(cmt) =⁠ and not the same as ⁠= lag(wt)⁠

Reserved keywords

There are a few reserved keywords in a rxode2 model. They are in the following table:

Reserved Name Meaning Alias
time solver time t
podo In Transit compartment models, last dose amount
tlast Time of Last dose
M_E Exp(1)
M_LOG2E log2(e)
M_LOG10E log10(e)
M_LN2 log(2)
M_LN10 log(10)
M_PI pi
M_PI_2 pi/2
M_PI_4 pi/4
M_1_PI 1/pi
M_2_PI 2/pi
M_2_SQRTPI 2/sqrt(pi)
M_SQRT2 sqrt(2)
M_SQRT1_2 1/sqrt(2)
M_SQRT_3 sqrt(3)
M_SQRT_32 sqrt(32)
M_LOG10_2 Log10(2)
M_2PI 2*pi
M_SQRT_PI sqrt(pi)
M_1_SQRT_2PI 1/(sqrt(2*pi))
M_LN_SQRT_PI log(sqrt(pi))
M_LN_SQRT_2PI log(sqrt(2*pi))
M_LN_SQRT_PId2 log(sqrt(pi/2))
pi pi
NA R’s NA value
NaN Not a Number Value
Inf Infinite Value
newind 1: First record of individual; 2: Subsequent record of individual NEWIND
rxFlag Flag for what part of the rxode2 model is being run; 1: ddt; 2: jac; 3: ini; 4: F; 5: lag; 6: rate; 7: dur; 8: mtime; 9: matrix exponential; 10: inductive linearization; 11: lhs

Note that rxFlag will always output 11 or calc_lhs since that is where the final variables are calculated, though you can tweak or test certain parts of rxode2 by using this flag.

Residual functions when using rxode2 functions

In addition to ~ hiding output for certain types of output, it also is used to specify a residual output or endpoint when the input is an rxode2 model function (that includes the residual in the model({}) block).

These specifications are of the form: 

var ~ add(add.sd)

Indicating the variable var is the variable that represents the individual central tendencies of the model and it also represents the compartment specification in the data-set.

You can also change the compartment name using the | syntax, that is: 

var ~ add(add.sd) | cmt

In the above case var represents the central tendency and cmt represents the compartment or dvid specification.

Transformations

For normal and related distributions, you can apply the transformation on both sides by using some keywords/functions to apply these transformations.

Transformation rxode2/nlmixr2 code
Box-Cox +boxCox(lambda)
Yeo-Johnson +yeoJohnson(lambda)
logit-normal +logitNorm(logit.sd, low, hi)
probit-normal +probitNorm(probid.sd, low, hi)
log-normal +lnorm(lnorm.sd)

By default for the likelihood for all of these transformations is calculated on the untransformed scale.

For bounded variables like logit-normal or probit-normal the low and high values are defaulted to 0 and 1 if missing.

For models where you wish to have a proportional model on one of these transformation you can replace the standard deviation with NA

To allow for more transformations, lnorm(), probitNorm() and logitNorm() can be combined the variance stabilizing yeoJohnson() transformation.

Normal and t-related distributions

For the normal and t-related distributions, we wanted to keep the ability to use skewed distributions additive and proportional in the t/cauchy-space, so these distributions are specified differently in comparison to the other supported distributions within nlmixr2:

Distribution How to Add Example
Normal (log-likelihood) +dnorm() cc ~ add(add.sd) + dnorm()
T-distribution +dt(df) cc ~a dd(add.sd) + dt(df)
Cauchy (t with df=1) +dcauchy() cc ~ add(add.sd) + dcauchy()

Note that with the normal and t-related distributions nlmixr2 will calculate cwres and npde under the normal assumption to help assess the goodness of the fit of the model.

Also note that the +dnorm() is mostly for testing purposes and will slow down the estimation procedure in nlmixr2. We suggest not adding it (except for explicit testing). When there are multiple endpoint models that mix non-normal and normal distributions, the whole problem is shifted to a log-likelihood method for estimation in nlmixr2.

Notes on additive + proportional models

There are two different ways to specify additive and proportional models, which we will call combined1 and combined2, the same way that Monolix calls the two distributions (to avoid between software differences in naming).

The first, combined1, assumes that the additive and proportional differences are on the standard deviation scale, or:

y=f+(a+b* f^c)*err

The second, combined2, assumes that the additive and proportional differences are combined on a variance scale:

y=f+[sqrt(a^2+b^2 *f^(2c))]*err

The default in nlmixr2/rxode2 if not otherwise specified is combined2 since it mirrors how adding 2 normal distributions in statistics will add their variances (not the standard deviations). However, the combined1 can describe the data possibly even better than combined2 so both are possible options in rxode2/nlmixr2.

Distributions of known likelihoods

For residuals that are not related to normal, t-distribution or cauchy, often the residual specification is of the form: 

cmt ~ dbeta(alpha, beta)

Where the compartment specification is on the left handed side of the specification.

For generalized likelihood you can specify: 

ll(cmt) ~ llik specification
Ordinal likelihoods

Finally, ordinal likelihoods/simulations can be specified in 2 ways. The first is: 

err ~ c(p0, p1, p2)

Here err represents the compartment and p0 is the probability of being in a specific category:

Category Probability
1 p0
2 p1
3 p2
4 1-p0-p1-p2

It is up to the model to ensure that the sum of the p values are less than 1. Additionally you can write an arbitrary number of categories in the ordinal model described above.

It seems a little off that p0 is the probability for category 1 and sometimes scores are in non-whole numbers. This can be modeled as follows: 

err ~ c(p0=0, p1=1, p2=2, 3)

Here the numeric categories are specified explicitly, and the probabilities remain the same:

Category Probability
0 p0
1 p1
2 p2
3 1-p0-p1-p2
General table of supported residual distributions

In general all the that are supported are in the following table (available in rxode2::rxResidualError)

Error model Functional Form Transformation code addProp lhs
constant None var ~ add(add.sd) response variable
proportional None var ~ prop(prop.sd) response variable
power None var ~ pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 None var ~ add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 None var ~ add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 None var ~ add(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 None var ~ add(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) response variable
proportional log var ~ lnorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) response variable
power log var ~ lnorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) response variable
proportional boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + prop(prop.sd) response variable
power boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) response variable
proportional yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + prop(prop.sd) response variable
power yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) response variable
proportional logit var ~ logitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) response variable
power logit var ~ logitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) addProp=2 response variable
additive yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) response variable
proportional yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) response variable
power yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) addProp=2 response variable
constant logit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) response variable
proportional probit var ~ probitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) response variable
power probit var ~ probitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) response variable
proportional yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) response variable
power yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) response variable
additive+proportional combined1 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional combined2 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power combined1 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power combined2 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+t None var ~ add(add.sd) + dt(df) response variable
proportional+t None var ~ prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) response variable
power+t None var ~ pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 None var ~ add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 None var ~ add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 None var ~ add(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) +combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 None var ~ add(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) +combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+t log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + dt(df) response variable
proportional+t log var ~ lnorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) response variable
power+t log var ~ lnorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) +combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+t boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd)+dt(df) response variable
proportional+t boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + prop(prop.sd)+dt(df) response variable
power+t boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + pow(pow.sd, exponent)+dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+t yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + dt(df) response variable
proportional+t yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) response variable
power+t yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+t logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd)+dt(df) response variable
proportional+t logit var ~ logitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd)+dt(df) response variable
power+t logit var ~ logitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+t yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + dt(df) response variable
proportional+t yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) response variable
power+t yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+t logit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + dt(df) response variable
proportional+t probit var ~ probitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) response variable
power+t probit var ~ probitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+t yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + dt(df) response variable
proportional+t yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) response variable
power+t yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) response variable
additive+proportional+t combined1 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+t combined2 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dt(df) + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+t combined1 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+t combined2 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dt(df) +combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+cauchy None var ~ add(add.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy None var ~ prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy None var ~ pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 None var ~ add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 None var ~ add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 None var ~ add(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() +combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 None var ~ add(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() +combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+cauchy log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy log var ~ lnorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy log var ~ lnorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() +combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 log var ~ lnorm(add.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+cauchy boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd)+dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + prop(prop.sd)+dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + pow(pow.sd, exponent)+dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 boxCox var ~ boxCox(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+cauchy yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 yeoJohnson var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + add(add.sd) + pow(pop.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+cauchy logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd)+dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy logit var ~ logitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd)+dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy logit var ~ logitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 logit var ~ logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+cauchy yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 yeoJohnson(logit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + logitNorm(logit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
constant+cauchy logit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy probit var ~ probitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy probit var ~ probitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 probit var ~ probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+cauchy yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
proportional+cauchy yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(NA) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() response variable
power+cauchy yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(NA) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined1 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+proportional+cauchy combined2 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + prop(prop.sd) + dcauchy() + combined2() addProp=2 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined1 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() + combined1() addProp=1 response variable
additive+power+cauchy combined2 yeoJohnson(probit()) var ~ yeoJohnson(lambda) + probitNorm(probit.sd) + pow(pow.sd, exponent) + dcauchy() +combined2() addProp=2 response variable
poission none cmt ~ dpois(lamba) compartment specification
binomial none cmt ~ dbinom(n, p) compartment specification
beta none cmt ~ dbeta(alpha, beta) compartment specification
chisq none cmt ~ dchisq(nu) compartment specification
exponential none cmt ~ dexp(r) compartment specification
uniform none cmt ~ dunif(a, b) compartment specification
weibull none cmt ~ dweibull(a, b) compartment specification
gamma none cmt ~ dgamma(a, b) compartment specification
geometric none cmt ~ dgeom(a) compartment specification
negative binomial form #1 none cmt ~ dnbinom(n, p) compartment specification
negative binomial form #2 none cmt ~ dnbinomMu(size, mu) compartment specification
ordinal probability none cmt ~ c(p0=0, p1=1, p2=2, 3) compartment specification
log-likelihood none ll(cmt) ~ log likelihood expression likelihood + compartment expression

Value

An object (environment) of class rxode2 (see Chambers and Temple Lang (2001)) consisting of the following list of strings and functions: 

* `model` a character string holding the source model specification.
* `get.modelVars`a function that returns a list with 3 character
    vectors, `params`, `state`, and `lhs` of variable names used in the model
    specification. These will be output when the model is computed (i.e., the ODE solved by integration).

  * `solve`{this function solves (integrates) the ODE. This
      is done by passing the code to [rxSolve()].
      This is as if you called `rxSolve(rxode2object, ...)`,
      but returns a matrix instead of a rxSolve object.

      `params`: a numeric named vector with values for every parameter
      in the ODE system; the names must correspond to the parameter
      identifiers used in the ODE specification;

      `events`: an `eventTable` object describing the
      input (e.g., doses) to the dynamic system and observation
      sampling time points (see  [eventTable()]);

      `inits`: a vector of initial values of the state variables
      (e.g., amounts in each compartment), and the order in this vector
      must be the same as the state variables (e.g., PK/PD compartments);


      `stiff`: a logical (`TRUE` by default) indicating whether
      the ODE system is stiff or not.

      For stiff ODE systems (`stiff = TRUE`), `rxode2` uses
      the LSODA (Livermore Solver for Ordinary Differential Equations)
      Fortran package, which implements an automatic method switching
      for stiff and non-stiff problems along the integration interval,
      authored by Hindmarsh and Petzold (2003).

      For non-stiff systems (`stiff = FALSE`), `rxode2` uses `DOP853`,
      an explicit Runge-Kutta method of order 8(5, 3) of Dormand and Prince
      as implemented in C by Hairer and Wanner (1993).

      `trans_abs`: a logical (`FALSE` by default) indicating
      whether to fit a transit absorption term
      (TODO: need further documentation and example);

      `atol`: a numeric absolute tolerance (1e-08 by default);

      `rtol`: a numeric relative tolerance (1e-06 by default).

      The output of \dQuote{solve} is a matrix with as many rows as there
      are sampled time points and as many columns as system variables
      (as defined by the ODEs and additional assignments in the rxode2 model
          code).}

  * `isValid` a function that (naively) checks for model validity,
      namely that the C object code reflects the latest model
      specification.
  * `version` a string with the version of the `rxode2`
      object (not the package).
  * `dynLoad` a function with one `force = FALSE` argument
      that dynamically loads the object code if needed.
  * `dynUnload` a function with no argument that unloads
      the model object code.
  * `delete` removes all created model files, including C and DLL files.
      The model object is no longer valid and should be removed, e.g.,
      `rm(m1)`.
  * `run` deprecated, use `solve`.
  * `get.index` deprecated.
  * `getObj` internal (not user callable) function.

Creating rxode2 models

NA

Note on strings in rxode2

Strings are converted to double values inside of rxode2, hence you can refer to them as an integer corresponding to the string value or the string value itself. For covariates these are calculated on the fly based on your data and you should likely not try this, though you should be aware. For strings defined in the model, this is fixed and both could be used.

For example: 

if (APGAR == 10 || APGAR == 8 || APGAR == 9) {
    tAPGAR <- "High"
  } else if (APGAR == 1 || APGAR == 2 || APGAR == 3) {
    tAPGAR <- "Low"
  } else if (APGAR == 4 || APGAR == 5 || APGAR == 6 || APGAR == 7) {
    tAPGAR <- "Med"
  } else {
    tAPGAR<- "Med"
  }

Could also be replaced by: 

if (APGAR == 10 || APGAR == 8 || APGAR == 9) {
    tAPGAR <- "High"
  } else if (APGAR == 1 || APGAR == 2 || APGAR == 3) {
    tAPGAR <- "Low"
  } else if (APGAR == 4 || APGAR == 5 || APGAR == 6 || APGAR == 7) {
    tAPGAR <- "Med"
  } else {
    tAPGAR<- 3
  }

Since "Med" is already defined

If you wanted you can pre-declare what levels it has (and the order) to give you better control of this: 

levels(tAPGAR) <- c("Med", "Low", "High")
if (APGAR == 10 || APGAR == 8 || APGAR == 9) {
    tAPGAR <- 3
  } else if (APGAR == 1 || APGAR == 2 || APGAR == 3) {
    tAPGAR <- 2
  } else if (APGAR == 4 || APGAR == 5 || APGAR == 6 || APGAR == 7) {
    tAPGAR <- 1
  } else {
    tAPGAR<- 1
  }

You can see that the number changed since the declaration change the numbers in each variable for tAPGAR. These levels() statements need to be declared before the variable occurs to ensure the numbering is consistent with what is declared.

Author(s)

Melissa Hallow, Wenping Wang and Matthew Fidler

References

Chamber, J. M. and Temple Lang, D. (2001) Object Oriented Programming in R. R News, Vol. 1, No. 3, September 2001. https://cran.r-project.org/doc/Rnews/Rnews_2001-3.pdf.

Hindmarsh, A. C. ODEPACK, A Systematized Collection of ODE Solvers. Scientific Computing, R. S. Stepleman et al. (Eds.), North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1983, pp. 55-64.

Petzold, L. R. Automatic Selection of Methods for Solving Stiff and Nonstiff Systems of Ordinary Differential Equations. Siam J. Sci. Stat. Comput. 4 (1983), pp. 136-148.

Hairer, E., Norsett, S. P., and Wanner, G. Solving ordinary differential equations I, nonstiff problems. 2nd edition, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, Springer-Verlag (1993).

Plevyak, J. dparser, https://dparser.sourceforge.net/. Web. 12 Oct. 2015.

See Also

eventTable(), et(), add.sampling(), add.dosing()

Examples

mod <- function() {
  ini({
    KA   <- .291
    CL   <- 18.6
    V2   <- 40.2
    Q    <- 10.5
    V3   <- 297.0
    Kin  <- 1.0
    Kout <- 1.0
    EC50 <- 200.0
  })
  model({
    # A 4-compartment model, 3 PK and a PD (effect) compartment
    # (notice state variable names 'depot', 'centr', 'peri', 'eff')
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot;
    d/dt(centr) <- KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3;
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3;
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff;
    eff(0)      <- 1
  })
}

m1 <- rxode2(mod)
print(m1)

# Step 2 - Create the model input as an EventTable,
# including dosing and observation (sampling) events

# QD (once daily) dosing for 5 days.

qd <- et(amountUnits = "ug", timeUnits = "hours") %>%
  et(amt = 10000, addl = 4, ii = 24)

# Sample the system hourly during the first day, every 8 hours
# then after
qd <- qd %>% et(0:24) %>%
  et(from = 24 + 8, to = 5 * 24, by = 8)

# Step 3 - solve the system

qd.cp <- rxSolve(m1, qd)

head(qd.cp)

Set the function body of an rxUi object while retaining other object information (like data)

Description

Set the function body of an rxUi object while retaining other object information (like data)

Usage

rxode2(x, envir = environment(x)) <- value

## S3 replacement method for class ''function''
rxode2(x, envir = environment(x)) <- value

## Default S3 replacement method:
rxode2(x, envir = environment(x)) <- value

rxode(x, envir = environment(x)) <- value

RxODE(x, envir = environment(x)) <- value

Arguments

x

The rxUi object
envir

environment where the assignment ocurs
value

the value that will be assigned

Value

The rxode2 ui/function

Examples

one.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- log(1.57); label("Ka")
    tcl <- log(2.72); label("Cl")
    tv <- log(31.5); label("V")
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp = center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

two.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    lka <- 0.45 ; label("Absorption rate (Ka)")
    lcl <- 1 ; label("Clearance (CL)")
    lvc  <- 3 ; label("Central volume of distribution (V)")
    lvp  <- 5 ; label("Peripheral volume of distribution (Vp)")
    lq  <- 0.1 ; label("Intercompartmental clearance (Q)")
    propSd <- 0.5 ; label("Proportional residual error (fraction)")
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(lka)
    cl <- exp(lcl)
    vc <- exp(lvc)
    vp <- exp(lvp)
    q  <- exp(lq)
    kel <- cl/vc
    k12 <- q/vc
    k21 <- q/vp
    d/dt(depot) <- -ka*depot
    d/dt(central) <-  ka*depot - kel*central - k12*central + k21*peripheral1
    d/dt(peripheral1) <- k12*central - k21*peripheral1
    cp <- central / vc
    cp ~ prop(propSd)
  })
}

ui <- rxode2(one.compartment)

rxode2(ui) <- two.compartment

Internal translation to get model variables list

Description

Internal translation to get model variables list

Usage

rxode2parse(
  model,
  linear = FALSE,
  linCmtSens = c("linCmtA", "linCmtB", "linCmtC"),
  verbose = FALSE,
  code = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

Arguments

model

Model (either file name or string)
linear

boolean indicating if linear compartment model should be generated from linCmt() (default FALSE)
linCmtSens

Linear compartment model sensitivity type
verbose

is a boolean indicating the type of model detected with linCmt() parsing
code

is a file name where the c code is written to (for testing purposes mostly, it needs rxode2 to do anything fancy)
envir

is the environment to look for R user functions (defaults to parent environment)

Value

A rxModelVars object that has the model variables of a rxode2 syntax expression

Examples

rxode2parse("a=3")

This assigns the c level linkages for a roxde2 model

Description

This assigns the c level linkages for a roxde2 model

Usage

rxode2parseAssignTranslation(df)

Arguments

df

data frame containing the character column names rxFun, fun, type, package, packageFun and the integer column names argMin and argMax

Value

Nothing called for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

rxode2parseAssignTranslation(rxode2parseGetTranslation())

This gives the derivative table for rxode2

Description

This will help allow registration of functions in rxode2

Usage

rxode2parseD()

Details

This environment is a derivative table;

For example:

Derivative(f(a,b,c), a) = fa() Derivative(f(a,b,c), b) = fb() Derivative(f(a,b,c), c) = fc()

Then the derivative table for f would be:

assign("f", list(fa(a,b,c), fb(a,b,c), fc(a,b,c)), rxode2parseD())

fa translates the arguments to the derivative with respect to a fb translates the arguments to the derivative with respect to b

If any of the list is NULL then rxode2 won't know how to take a derivative with respect to the argument.

If the list is shorter than the length of the arguments then the argument then the derivative of arguments that are not specified cannot be taken.

Value

Derivative table environment for rxode2

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Control the packages that are loaded when a rxode2 model dll is loaded

Description

Control the packages that are loaded when a rxode2 model dll is loaded

Usage

rxode2parseGetPackagesToLoad()

rxode2parseAssignPackagesToLoad(pkgs = rxode2parseGetPackagesToLoad())

Arguments

pkgs

The packages to make sure are loaded every time you load an rxode2 model.

Value

List of packages to load

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

rxode2parseGetPackagesToLoad()

rxode2parseAssignPackagesToLoad(rxode2parseGetPackagesToLoad())

This function gets the currently assigned function pointer assignments

Description

This function gets the currently assigned function pointer assignments

Usage

rxode2parseGetPointerAssignment()

Value

The currently assigned pointer assignments

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

rxode2parseGetTranslation()

This function gets the currently assigned translations

Description

This function gets the currently assigned translations

Usage

rxode2parseGetTranslation()

Value

The currently assigned translations

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

rxode2parseGetTranslation()

Optimize rxode2 for computer evaluation

Description

This optimizes rxode2 code for computer evaluation by only calculating redundant expressions once.

Usage

rxOptExpr(x, msg = "model")

Arguments

x

rxode2 model that can be accessed by rxNorm
msg

This is the name of type of object that rxode2 is optimizing that will in the message when optimizing. For example "model" will produce the following message while optimizing the model:

finding duplicate expressions in model...

Value

Optimized rxode2 model text. The order and type lhs and state variables is maintained while the evaluation is sped up. While parameters names are maintained, their order may be modified.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Simulate ordinal value

Description

Simulate ordinal value

Usage

rxord(...)

Arguments

...

the probabilities to be simulated. These should sum up to a number below one.

Details

The values entered into the 'rxord' simulation will simulate the probability of falling each group. If it falls outside of the specified probabilities, it will simulate the group (number of probabilities specified + 1)

Value

A number from 1 to the (number of probabilities specified + 1)

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

# This will give values 1, and 2
rxord(0.5)
rxord(0.5)
rxord(0.5)
rxord(0.5)

# This will give values 1, 2 and 3
rxord(0.3, 0.3)
rxord(0.3, 0.3)
rxord(0.3, 0.3)

Parameters specified by the model

Description

This returns the model's parameters that are required to solve the ODE system, and can be used to pipe parameters into an rxode2 solve

Usage

rxParams(obj, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
rxParams(
  obj,
  constants = TRUE,
  ...,
  params = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  iCov = NULL,
  keep = NULL,
  thetaMat = NULL,
  omega = NULL,
  dfSub = NULL,
  sigma = NULL,
  dfObs = NULL,
  nSub = NULL,
  nStud = NULL
)

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
rxParams(
  obj,
  constants = TRUE,
  ...,
  params = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  iCov = NULL,
  keep = NULL,
  thetaMat = NULL,
  omega = NULL,
  dfSub = NULL,
  sigma = NULL,
  dfObs = NULL,
  nSub = NULL,
  nStud = NULL
)

## S3 method for class 'rxEt'
rxParams(
  obj,
  ...,
  params = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  iCov = NULL,
  keep = NULL,
  thetaMat = NULL,
  omega = NULL,
  dfSub = NULL,
  sigma = NULL,
  dfObs = NULL,
  nSub = NULL,
  nStud = NULL
)

rxParam(obj, ...)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects
...

Other arguments including scaling factors for each compartment. This includes S# = numeric will scale a compartment # by a dividing the compartment amount by the scale factor, like NONMEM.
constants

is a boolean indicting if constants should be included in the list of parameters. Currently rxode2 parses constants into variables in case you wish to change them without recompiling the rxode2 model.
params

a numeric named vector with values for every parameter in the ODE system; the names must correspond to the parameter identifiers used in the ODE specification;
inits

a vector of initial values of the state variables (e.g., amounts in each compartment), and the order in this vector must be the same as the state variables (e.g., PK/PD compartments);
iCov

A data frame of individual non-time varying covariates to combine with the events dataset. The iCov dataset has one covariate per ID and should match the event table
keep

Columns to keep from either the input dataset or the iCov dataset. With the iCov dataset, the column is kept once per line. For the input dataset, if any records are added to the data LOCF (Last Observation Carried forward) imputation is performed.
thetaMat

Named theta matrix.
omega

Estimate of Covariance matrix. When omega is a list, assume it is a block matrix and convert it to a full matrix for simulations. When omega is NA and you are using it with a rxode2 ui model, the between subject variability described by the omega matrix are set to zero.
dfSub

Degrees of freedom to sample the between subject variability matrix from the inverse Wishart distribution (scaled) or scaled inverse chi squared distribution.
sigma

Named sigma covariance or Cholesky decomposition of a covariance matrix. The names of the columns indicate parameters that are simulated. These are simulated for every observation in the solved system. When sigma is NA and you are using it with a rxode2 ui model, the unexplained variability described by the sigma matrix are set to zero.
dfObs

Degrees of freedom to sample the unexplained variability matrix from the inverse Wishart distribution (scaled) or scaled inverse chi squared distribution.
nSub

Number between subject variabilities (ETAs) simulated for every realization of the parameters.
nStud

Number virtual studies to characterize uncertainty in estimated parameters.

Value

When extracting the parameters from an rxode2 model, a character vector listing the parameters in the model.

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

See Also

Other Query model information: rxDfdy(), rxInits(), rxLhs(), rxModelVars(), rxState()

Respect suppress messages

Description

This turns on the silent REprintf in C when suppressMessages() is turned on. This makes the REprintf act like messages in R, they can be suppressed with suppressMessages()

Usage

rxParseSuppressMsg()

Value

Nothing

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

# rxParseSuppressMsg() is called with rxode2()

# Note the errors are output to the console

try(rxode2parse("d/dt(matt)=/3"), silent = TRUE)

# When using suppressMessages, the output is suppressed

suppressMessages(try(rxode2parse("d/dt(matt)=/3"), silent = TRUE))

# In rxode2, we use REprintf so that interrupted threads do not crash R
# if there is a user interrupt. This isn't captured by R's messages, but
# This interface allows the `suppressMessages()` to suppress the C printing
# as well

# If you  want to suppress messages from rxode2 in other packages, you can use
# this function

Creates a package from compiled rxode2 models

Description

Creates a package from compiled rxode2 models

Usage

rxPkg(
  ...,
  package,
  wd = getwd(),
  action = c("install", "build", "binary", "create"),
  license = c("gpl3", "lgpl", "mit", "agpl3"),
  name = "Firstname Lastname",
  fields = list()
)

Arguments

...

Models to build a package from
package

String of the package name to create
wd

character string with a working directory where to create a subdirectory according to modName. When specified, a subdirectory named after the “modName.d” will be created and populated with a C file, a dynamic loading library, plus various other working files. If missing, the files are created (and removed) in the temporary directory, and the rxode2 DLL for the model is created in the current directory named ⁠rx_????_platform⁠, for example rx_129f8f97fb94a87ca49ca8dafe691e1e_i386.dll
action

Type of action to take after package is created
license

is the type of license for the package.
name

Full name of author
fields

A named list of fields to add to DESCRIPTION, potentially overriding default values. See use_description() for how you can set personalized defaults using package options.

Value

this function returns nothing and is used for its side effects

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Simulate random Poisson variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxpois(lambda, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

lambda

vector of (non-negative) means.
n

number of random values to return.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

poission random number deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxpois(lambda = 3, n = 10) # with rxpois you have to explicitly state n
rxpois(lambda = 3, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxpois(4) ## The first arguments are the lambda parameter


## This example uses `rxpois` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxpois(3)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Simulate a from a Poisson process

Description

Simulate a from a Poisson process

Usage

rxPp(
  n,
  lambda,
  gamma = 1,
  prob = NULL,
  t0 = 0,
  tmax = Inf,
  randomOrder = FALSE
)

Arguments

n

Number of time points to simulate in the Poisson process
lambda

Rate of Poisson process
gamma

Asymmetry rate of Poisson process. When gamma=1.0, this simulates a homogenous Poisson process. When gamma<1.0, the Poisson process has more events early, when gamma > 1.0, the Poisson process has more events late in the process.

When gamma is non-zero, the tmax should not be infinite but indicate the end of the Poisson process to be simulated. In most pharamcometric cases, this will be the end of the study. Internally this uses a rate of:

l(t) = lambdagamma(t/tmax)^(gamma-1)
prob

When specified, this is a probability function with one argument, time, that gives the probability that a Poisson time t is accepted as a rejection time.
t0

the starting time of the Poisson process
tmax

the maximum time of the Poisson process
randomOrder

when TRUE randomize the order of the Poisson events. By default (FALSE) it returns the Poisson process is in order of how the events occurred.

Value

This returns a vector of the Poisson process times; If the dropout is >= tmax, then all the rest of the times are = tmax to indicate the dropout is equal to or after tmax.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

## Sample homogenous Poisson process of rate 1/10
rxPp(10, 1 / 10)

## Sample inhomogenous Poisson rate of 1/10

rxPp(10, 1 / 10, gamma = 2, tmax = 100)

## Typically the Poisson process times are in a sequential order,
## using randomOrder gives the Poisson process in random order

rxPp(10, 1 / 10, gamma = 2, tmax = 10, randomOrder = TRUE)

## This uses an arbitrary function to sample a non-homogenous Poisson process

rxPp(10, 1 / 10, prob = function(x) {
  1/(1+abs(x))
})

Change distribution name to the preferred distribution name term

Description

This is determined by the internal preferred condition name list .errIdenticalDists

Usage

rxPreferredDistributionName(dist)

Arguments

dist

This is the input distribution

Value

Preferred distribution term

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

rxPreferredDistributionName("dt")

rxPreferredDistributionName("add")

# can be vectorized

rxPreferredDistributionName(c("add","dt"))

rxode2 progress bar functions

Description

rxProgress sets up the progress bar

Usage

rxProgress(num, core = 0L)

rxTick()

rxProgressStop(clear = TRUE)

rxProgressAbort(error = "Aborted calculation")

Arguments

num

Tot number of operations to track
core

Number of cores to show. If below 1, don't show number of cores
clear

Boolean telling if you should clear the progress bar after completion (as if it wasn't displayed). By default this is TRUE
error

With rxProgressAbort this is the error that is displayed

Details

rxTick is a progress bar tick

rxProgressStop stop progress bar

rxProgressAbort shows an abort if rxProgressStop wasn't called.

Value

All return NULL invisibly.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

f <- function() {
  on.exit({
    rxProgressAbort()
  })
  rxProgress(100)
  for (i in 1:100) {
    rxTick()
    Sys.sleep(1 / 100)
  }
  rxProgressStop()
}

f()

Creates a rxRateDur object

Description

This is primarily to display information about rate

Usage

rxRateDur(x)

## S3 method for class 'rxRateDur'
x[...]

as.rxRateDur(x)

## S3 method for class 'rxRateDur'
as.character(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxRateDur'
x[[...]]

Arguments

x

rxRateDur data
...

Other parameters

Value

rxRateDur object

rxRemoveControl options for UI object

Description

rxRemoveControl options for UI object

Usage

rxRemoveControl(ui)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui object

Value

Nothing, called for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Rename items inside of a rxode2 ui model

Description

rxRename() changes the names of individual variables, lhs, and ode states using new_name = old_name syntax

Usage

rxRename(.data, ..., envir = parent.frame())

.rxRename(.data, ..., envir = parent.frame())

rename.rxUi(.data, ...)

rename.function(.data, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
rxRename(.data, ...)

## S3 method for class ''function''
rxRename(.data, ...)

## Default S3 method:
rxRename(.data, ...)

Arguments

.data

rxode2 ui function, named data to be consistent with dplyr::rename()
...

rename items
envir

Environment for evaluation

Details

This is similar to dplyr's rename() function. When dplyr is loaded, the s3 methods work for the ui objects.

Note that the .rxRename() is the internal function that is called when renaming and is likely not what you need to call unless you are writing your own extension of the function

Value

New model with items renamed

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

ocmt <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- exp(0.45) # Ka
    tcl <- exp(1) # Cl
    ## This works with interactive models
    ## You may also label the preceding line with label("label text")
    tv <- exp(3.45) # log V
    ## the label("Label name") works with all models
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- tka
    cl <- tcl
    v <- tv
    d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp = center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

ocmt %>% rxRename(cpParent=cp)

A list and description of rxode2 supported reserved keywords

Description

A list and description of rxode2 supported reserved keywords

Usage

rxReservedKeywords

Format

A data frame with 3 columns and 31 rows

Reserved Name

Reserved Keyword Name

Meaning

Reserved Keyword Meaning

Alias

Keyword Alias

A description of Rode2 supported residual errors

Description

A description of Rode2 supported residual errors

Usage

rxResidualError

Format

A data frame with 6 columns and 181 rows

Error model

A description of the type of residual error

Functional Form

For additive and proportional what functional form is used

Transformation

The type of transformation that is done on the DV and the prediction

code

Example code for the residual error type

addProp

The type of add+prop residual error default that would be equivalent

lhs

what the left handed side of the specification represents, either a response variable, or a compartment specification

Simulate from a (truncated) multivariate normal

Description

This is simulated with the fast, thread-safe threefry simulator and can use multiple cores to generate the random deviates.

Usage

rxRmvn(
  n,
  mu = NULL,
  sigma,
  lower = -Inf,
  upper = Inf,
  ncores = 1,
  isChol = FALSE,
  keepNames = TRUE,
  a = 0.4,
  tol = 2.05,
  nlTol = 1e-10,
  nlMaxiter = 100L
)

Arguments

n

Number of random row vectors to be simulated OR the matrix to use for simulation (faster).
mu

mean vector
sigma

Covariance matrix for multivariate normal or a list of covariance matrices. If a list of covariance matrix, each matrix will simulate n matrices and combine them to a full matrix
lower

is a vector of the lower bound for the truncated multivariate norm
upper

is a vector of the upper bound for the truncated multivariate norm
ncores

Number of cores used in the simulation
isChol

A boolean indicating if sigma is a cholesky decomposition of the covariance matrix.
keepNames

Keep the names from either the mean or covariance matrix.
a

threshold for switching between methods; They can be tuned for maximum speed; There are three cases that are considered:

case 1: a < l < u

case 2: l < u < -a

case 3: otherwise

where l=lower and u = upper
tol

When case 3 is used from the above possibilities, the tol value controls the acceptance rejection and inverse-transformation;

When abs(u-l)>tol, uses accept-reject from randn
nlTol

Tolerance for newton line-search
nlMaxiter

Maximum iterations for newton line-search

Value

If n==integer (default) the output is an (n x d) matrix where the i-th row is the i-th simulated vector.

If is.matrix(n) then the random vector are store in n, which is provided by the user, and the function returns NULL invisibly.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler, Zdravko Botev and some from Matteo Fasiolo

References

John K. Salmon, Mark A. Moraes, Ron O. Dror, and David E. Shaw (2011). Parallel Random Numbers: As Easy as 1, 2, 3. D. E. Shaw Research, New York, NY 10036, USA.

The thread safe multivariate normal was inspired from the mvnfast package by Matteo Fasiolo https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=mvnfast

The concept of the truncated multivariate normal was taken from Zdravko Botev Botev (2017) doi:10.1111/rssb.12162 and Botev and L'Ecuyer (2015) doi:10.1109/WSC.2015.7408180 and converted to thread safe simulation;

Examples

## From mvnfast
## Unlike mvnfast, uses threefry simulation

d <- 5
mu <- 1:d

# Creating covariance matrix
tmp <- matrix(rnorm(d^2), d, d)
mcov <- tcrossprod(tmp, tmp)


set.seed(414)
rxRmvn(4, 1:d, mcov)

set.seed(414)
rxRmvn(4, 1:d, mcov)

set.seed(414)
rxRmvn(4, 1:d, mcov, ncores = 2) # r.v. generated on the second core are different

###### Here we create the matrix that will hold the simulated
#  random variables upfront.
A <- matrix(NA, 4, d)
class(A) <- "numeric" # This is important. We need the elements of A to be of class "numeric".

set.seed(414)
rxRmvn(A, 1:d, mcov, ncores = 2) # This returns NULL ...
A # ... but the result is here

## You can also simulate from a truncated normal:

rxRmvn(10, 1:d, mcov, lower = 1:d - 1, upper = 1:d + 1)


# You can also simulate from different matrices (if they match
# dimensions) by using a list of matrices.

matL <- lapply(1:4, function(...) {
  tmp <- matrix(rnorm(d^2), d, d)
  tcrossprod(tmp, tmp)
})


rxRmvn(4, setNames(1:d, paste0("a", 1:d)), matL)

Load a model into a symengine environment

Description

Load a model into a symengine environment

Usage

rxS(x, doConst = TRUE, promoteLinSens = FALSE, envir = parent.frame())

Arguments

x

rxode2 object
doConst

Load constants into the environment as well.
promoteLinSens

Promote solved linear compartment systems to sensitivity-based solutions.
envir

default is NULL; Environment to put symengine variables in.

Value

rxode2/symengine environment

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

rxSetControl options for UI object

Description

rxSetControl options for UI object

Usage

rxSetControl(ui, control)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui object
control

Default value

Value

Nothing, called for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Assign covariates for piping

Description

Assign covariates for piping

Usage

rxSetCovariateNamesForPiping(covariates = NULL)

Arguments

covariates

NULL (for no covariates), or the list of covariates. nlmixr uses this function to set covariates if you pipe from a nlmixr fit.

Value

Nothing, called for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

# First set the name of known covariates
# Note this is case sensitive

rxSetCovariateNamesForPiping(c("WT","HT", "TC"))

one.compartment <- function() {
 ini({
   tka <- 0.45 ; label("Log Ka")
   tcl <- 1 ; label("Log Cl")
   tv <- 3.45 ; label("Log V")
   eta.ka ~ 0.6
   eta.cl ~ 0.3
   eta.v ~ 0.1
   add.err <- 0.7
 })
 model({
   ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
   cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
   v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
   d / dt(depot) <- -ka * depot
   d/dt(depot) <- -ka * depot
   d / dt(center) <- ka * depot - cl / v * center
   cp <- center / v
   cp ~ add(add.err)
 })
}

# now TC is detected as a covariate instead of a population parameter

one.compartment %>%
  model({ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka + TC * cov_C)})

# You can turn it off by simply adding it back

rxSetCovariateNamesForPiping()

one.compartment %>%
  model({ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka + TC * cov_C)})

# The covariates you set with `rxSetCovariateNamesForPiping()`
# are turned off every time you solve (or fit in nlmixr)

Set Initial conditions to time zero instead of the first observed/dosed time

Description

Set Initial conditions to time zero instead of the first observed/dosed time

Usage

rxSetIni0(ini0 = TRUE)

Arguments

ini0

When TRUE (default), set initial conditions to time zero. Otherwise the initial conditions are the first observed time.

Value

the boolean ini0, though this is called for its side effects

Set the variables for the model piping automatic covarite selection

Description

Set the variables for the model piping automatic covarite selection

Usage

rxSetPipingAuto(
  thetamodelVars = rex::rex(or("tv", "t", "pop", "POP", "Pop", "TV", "T", "cov", "err",
    "eff")),
  covariateExceptions = rex::rex(start, or("wt", "sex", "crcl", "kout"), end),
  etaParts = c("eta", "ETA", "Eta", "ppv", "PPV", "Ppv", "iiv", "Iiv", "bsv", "Bsv",
    "BSV", "bpv", "Bpv", "BPV", "psv", "PSV", "Psv")
)

Arguments

thetamodelVars

This is the prefixes for the theta model variables in a regular expression
covariateExceptions

This is a regular expression of covariates that should always be covariates
etaParts

This is the list of eta prefixes/post-fixes that identify a variable as a between subject variability

Details

This is called once at startup to set the defaults, though you can change this if you wish so that piping can work differently for your individual setup

Value

Nothing, called for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Defunct setting of product

Description

Defunct setting of product

Usage

rxSetProd(type = c("long double", "double", "logify"))

Arguments

type

used to be type of product

Value

nothing

Set timing for progress bar

Description

Set timing for progress bar

Usage

rxSetProgressBar(seconds = 1)

Arguments

seconds

This sets the number of seconds that need to elapse before drawing the next segment of the progress bar. When this is zero or below this turns off the progress bar.

Value

nothing, used for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Set the parallel seed for rxode2 random number generation

Description

This sets the seed for the rxode2 parallel random number generation. If set, then whenever a seed is set for the threefry or vandercorput simulation engine, it will use this seed, increment for the number of seeds and continue with the sequence the next time the random number generator is called.

Usage

rxSetSeed(seed)

Arguments

seed

An integer that represents the rxode2 parallel and internal random number generator seed. When positive, use this seed for random number generation and increment and reseed any parallel or new engines that are being called. When negative, turn off the rxode2 seed and generate a seed from the R's uniform random number generator. Best practice is to set this seed.

Details

In contrast, when this is not called, the time that the vandercorput or threefry simulation engines are seeded it comes from a uniform random number generated from the standard R random seed. This may cause a duplicate seed based on the R seed state. This means that there could be correlations between simulations that do not exist This will avoid the birthday problem picking exactly the same seed using the seed state of the R random number generator. The more times the seed is called, the more likely this becomes.

Value

Nothing, called for its side effects

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

References

JD Cook. (2016). Random number generator seed mistakes. https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/

See Also

rxGetSeed, rxWithSeed, rxWithPreserveSeed

Examples

rxSetSeed(42)

# seed with generator 42
rxnorm()

# Use R's random number generator
rnorm(1)

rxSetSeed(42)

# reproduces the same number
rxnorm()

# But R's random number is not the same

rnorm(1)

# If we reset this to use the R's seed
# (internally rxode2 uses a uniform random number to span seeds)
# This can lead to duplicate sequences and seeds

rxSetSeed(-1)

# Now set seed works for both.

# This is not recommended, but illustrates the different types of
# seeds that can be generated.

set.seed(42)

rxnorm()

rnorm(1)

set.seed(42)

rxnorm()

rnorm(1)

Defunct setting of sum

Description

Defunct setting of sum

Usage

rxSetSum(type = c("pairwise", "fsum", "kahan", "neumaier", "c"))

Arguments

type

used to be type of product

Value

nothing

Use Shiny to help develop an rxode2 model

Description

Use Shiny to help develop an rxode2 model

Usage

rxShiny(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  data = data.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
rxShiny(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  data = data.frame()
)

## Default S3 method:
rxShiny(
  object = NULL,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  data = data.frame()
)

Arguments

object

A rxode2 family of objects. If not supplied a 2-compartment indirect effect model is used. If it is supplied, use the model associated with the rxode2 object for the model exploration.
params

Initial parameters for model
events

Event information (currently ignored)
inits

Initial estimates for model
...

Other arguments passed to rxShiny. Currently doesn't do anything.
data

Any data that you would like to plot. If the data has a time variable as well as a compartment or calculated variable that matches the rxode2 model, the data will be added to the plot of a specific compartment or calculated variable.

Value

Nothing; Starts a shiny server

Author(s)

Zufar Mulyukov and Matthew L. Fidler

Simulate Parameters from a Theta/Omega specification

Description

Simulate Parameters from a Theta/Omega specification

Usage

rxSimThetaOmega(
  params = NULL,
  omega = NULL,
  omegaDf = NULL,
  omegaLower = as.numeric(c(R_NegInf)),
  omegaUpper = as.numeric(c(R_PosInf)),
  omegaIsChol = FALSE,
  omegaSeparation = "auto",
  omegaXform = 1L,
  nSub = 1L,
  thetaMat = NULL,
  thetaLower = as.numeric(c(R_NegInf)),
  thetaUpper = as.numeric(c(R_PosInf)),
  thetaDf = NULL,
  thetaIsChol = FALSE,
  nStud = 1L,
  sigma = NULL,
  sigmaLower = as.numeric(c(R_NegInf)),
  sigmaUpper = as.numeric(c(R_PosInf)),
  sigmaDf = NULL,
  sigmaIsChol = FALSE,
  sigmaSeparation = "auto",
  sigmaXform = 1L,
  nCoresRV = 1L,
  nObs = 1L,
  dfSub = 0,
  dfObs = 0,
  simSubjects = TRUE,
  simVariability = as.logical(c(NA_LOGICAL))
)

Arguments

params

Named Vector of rxode2 model parameters
omega

Estimate of Covariance matrix. When omega is a list, assume it is a block matrix and convert it to a full matrix for simulations. When omega is NA and you are using it with a rxode2 ui model, the between subject variability described by the omega matrix are set to zero.
omegaDf

The degrees of freedom of a t-distribution for simulation. By default this is NULL which is equivalent to Inf degrees, or to simulate from a normal distribution instead of a t-distribution.
omegaLower

Lower bounds for simulated ETAs (by default -Inf)
omegaUpper

Upper bounds for simulated ETAs (by default Inf)
omegaIsChol

Indicates if the omega supplied is a Cholesky decomposed matrix instead of the traditional symmetric matrix.
omegaSeparation

Omega separation strategy

Tells the type of separation strategy when simulating covariance with parameter uncertainty with standard deviations modeled in the thetaMat matrix.

  • "lkj" simulates the correlation matrix from the rLKJ1 matrix with the distribution parameter eta equal to the degrees of freedom nu by (nu-1)/2

  • "separation" simulates from the identity inverse Wishart covariance matrix with nu degrees of freedom. This is then converted to a covariance matrix and augmented with the modeled standard deviations. While computationally more complex than the "lkj" prior, it performs better when the covariance matrix size is greater or equal to 10

  • "auto" chooses "lkj" when the dimension of the matrix is less than 10 and "separation" when greater than equal to 10.

omegaXform

When taking omega values from the thetaMat simulations (using the separation strategy for covariance simulation), how should the thetaMat values be turned int standard deviation values:

  • identity This is when standard deviation values are directly modeled by the params and thetaMat matrix

  • variance This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the variance that are directly modeled by the thetaMat matrix

  • log This is when the params and thetaMat simulates log(sd)

  • nlmixrSqrt This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠x\^2⁠ modeled along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrLog This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠exp(x\^2)⁠ along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrIdentity This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

nSub

Number between subject variabilities (ETAs) simulated for every realization of the parameters.
thetaMat

Named theta matrix.
thetaLower

Lower bounds for simulated population parameter variability (by default -Inf)
thetaUpper

Upper bounds for simulated population unexplained variability (by default Inf)
thetaDf

The degrees of freedom of a t-distribution for simulation. By default this is NULL which is equivalent to Inf degrees, or to simulate from a normal distribution instead of a t-distribution.
thetaIsChol

Indicates if the theta supplied is a Cholesky decomposed matrix instead of the traditional symmetric matrix.
nStud

Number virtual studies to characterize uncertainty in estimated parameters.
sigma

Named sigma covariance or Cholesky decomposition of a covariance matrix. The names of the columns indicate parameters that are simulated. These are simulated for every observation in the solved system. When sigma is NA and you are using it with a rxode2 ui model, the unexplained variability described by the sigma matrix are set to zero.
sigmaLower

Lower bounds for simulated unexplained variability (by default -Inf)
sigmaUpper

Upper bounds for simulated unexplained variability (by default Inf)
sigmaDf

Degrees of freedom of the sigma t-distribution. By default it is equivalent to Inf, or a normal distribution.
sigmaIsChol

Boolean indicating if the sigma is in the Cholesky decomposition instead of a symmetric covariance
sigmaSeparation

separation strategy for sigma;

Tells the type of separation strategy when simulating covariance with parameter uncertainty with standard deviations modeled in the thetaMat matrix.

  • "lkj" simulates the correlation matrix from the rLKJ1 matrix with the distribution parameter eta equal to the degrees of freedom nu by (nu-1)/2

  • "separation" simulates from the identity inverse Wishart covariance matrix with nu degrees of freedom. This is then converted to a covariance matrix and augmented with the modeled standard deviations. While computationally more complex than the "lkj" prior, it performs better when the covariance matrix size is greater or equal to 10

  • "auto" chooses "lkj" when the dimension of the matrix is less than 10 and "separation" when greater than equal to 10.

sigmaXform

When taking sigma values from the thetaMat simulations (using the separation strategy for covariance simulation), how should the thetaMat values be turned int standard deviation values:

  • identity This is when standard deviation values are directly modeled by the params and thetaMat matrix

  • variance This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the variance that are directly modeled by the thetaMat matrix

  • log This is when the params and thetaMat simulates log(sd)

  • nlmixrSqrt This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠x\^2⁠ modeled along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrLog This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠exp(x\^2)⁠ along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrIdentity This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

nCoresRV

Number of cores used for the simulation of the sigma variables. By default this is 1. To reproduce the results you need to run on the same platform with the same number of cores. This is the reason this is set to be one, regardless of what the number of cores are used in threaded ODE solving.
nObs

Number of observations to simulate (with sigma matrix)
dfSub

Degrees of freedom to sample the between subject variability matrix from the inverse Wishart distribution (scaled) or scaled inverse chi squared distribution.
dfObs

Degrees of freedom to sample the unexplained variability matrix from the inverse Wishart distribution (scaled) or scaled inverse chi squared distribution.
simSubjects

boolean indicated rxode2 should simulate subjects in studies (TRUE, default) or studies (FALSE)
simVariability

determines if the variability is simulated. When NA (default) this is determined by the solver.

Value

a data frame with the simulated subjects

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

Options, Solving & Simulation of an ODE/solved system

Description

This uses rxode2 family of objects, file, or model specification to solve a ODE system. There are many options for a solved rxode2 model, the first are the required object, and events with the some-times optional params and inits.

Usage

rxSolve(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  scale = NULL,
  method = c("liblsoda", "lsoda", "dop853", "indLin"),
  sigdig = NULL,
  atol = 1e-08,
  rtol = 1e-06,
  maxsteps = 70000L,
  hmin = 0,
  hmax = NA_real_,
  hmaxSd = 0,
  hini = 0,
  maxordn = 12L,
  maxords = 5L,
  ...,
  cores,
  covsInterpolation = c("locf", "linear", "nocb", "midpoint"),
  naInterpolation = c("locf", "nocb"),
  keepInterpolation = c("na", "locf", "nocb"),
  addCov = TRUE,
  sigma = NULL,
  sigmaDf = NULL,
  sigmaLower = -Inf,
  sigmaUpper = Inf,
  nCoresRV = 1L,
  sigmaIsChol = FALSE,
  sigmaSeparation = c("auto", "lkj", "separation"),
  sigmaXform = c("identity", "variance", "log", "nlmixrSqrt", "nlmixrLog",
    "nlmixrIdentity"),
  nDisplayProgress = 10000L,
  amountUnits = NA_character_,
  timeUnits = "hours",
  theta = NULL,
  thetaLower = -Inf,
  thetaUpper = Inf,
  eta = NULL,
  addDosing = FALSE,
  stateTrim = Inf,
  updateObject = FALSE,
  omega = NULL,
  omegaDf = NULL,
  omegaIsChol = FALSE,
  omegaSeparation = c("auto", "lkj", "separation"),
  omegaXform = c("variance", "identity", "log", "nlmixrSqrt", "nlmixrLog",
    "nlmixrIdentity"),
  omegaLower = -Inf,
  omegaUpper = Inf,
  nSub = 1L,
  thetaMat = NULL,
  thetaDf = NULL,
  thetaIsChol = FALSE,
  nStud = 1L,
  dfSub = 0,
  dfObs = 0,
  returnType = c("rxSolve", "matrix", "data.frame", "data.frame.TBS", "data.table",
    "tbl", "tibble"),
  seed = NULL,
  nsim = NULL,
  minSS = 10L,
  maxSS = 1000L,
  infSSstep = 12,
  strictSS = TRUE,
  istateReset = TRUE,
  subsetNonmem = TRUE,
  maxAtolRtolFactor = 0.1,
  from = NULL,
  to = NULL,
  by = NULL,
  length.out = NULL,
  iCov = NULL,
  keep = NULL,
  indLinPhiTol = 1e-07,
  indLinPhiM = 0L,
  indLinMatExpType = c("expokit", "Al-Mohy", "arma"),
  indLinMatExpOrder = 6L,
  drop = NULL,
  idFactor = TRUE,
  mxhnil = 0,
  hmxi = 0,
  warnIdSort = TRUE,
  warnDrop = TRUE,
  ssAtol = 1e-08,
  ssRtol = 1e-06,
  safeZero = TRUE,
  safeLog = TRUE,
  safePow = TRUE,
  sumType = c("pairwise", "fsum", "kahan", "neumaier", "c"),
  prodType = c("long double", "double", "logify"),
  sensType = c("advan", "autodiff", "forward", "central"),
  linDiff = c(tlag = 1.5e-05, f = 1.5e-05, rate = 1.5e-05, dur = 1.5e-05, tlag2 =
    1.5e-05, f2 = 1.5e-05, rate2 = 1.5e-05, dur2 = 1.5e-05),
  linDiffCentral = c(tlag = TRUE, f = TRUE, rate = TRUE, dur = TRUE, tlag2 = TRUE, f2 =
    TRUE, rate2 = TRUE, dur2 = TRUE),
  resample = NULL,
  resampleID = TRUE,
  maxwhile = 1e+05,
  atolSens = 1e-08,
  rtolSens = 1e-06,
  ssAtolSens = 1e-08,
  ssRtolSens = 1e-06,
  simVariability = NA,
  nLlikAlloc = NULL,
  useStdPow = FALSE,
  naTimeHandle = c("ignore", "warn", "error"),
  addlKeepsCov = FALSE,
  addlDropSs = TRUE,
  ssAtDoseTime = TRUE,
  ss2cancelAllPending = FALSE,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class ''function''
rxSolve(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  theta = NULL,
  eta = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
rxSolve(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  theta = NULL,
  eta = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2tos'
rxSolve(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  theta = NULL,
  eta = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'nlmixr2FitData'
rxSolve(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  theta = NULL,
  eta = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'nlmixr2FitCore'
rxSolve(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  theta = NULL,
  eta = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## Default S3 method:
rxSolve(
  object,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  ...,
  theta = NULL,
  eta = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
update(object, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
predict(object, ...)

## S3 method for class ''function''
predict(object, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
predict(object, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
predict(object, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxEt'
predict(object, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxParams'
predict(object, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
simulate(object, nsim = 1L, seed = NULL, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
simulate(object, nsim = 1L, seed = NULL, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxParams'
simulate(object, nsim = 1L, seed = NULL, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxSolve'
solve(a, b, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
solve(a, b, ...)

## S3 method for class ''function''
solve(a, b, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
solve(a, b, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxParams'
solve(a, b, ...)

## S3 method for class 'rxEt'
solve(a, b, ...)

rxControl(
  ...,
  params = NULL,
  events = NULL,
  inits = NULL,
  envir = parent.frame()
)

Arguments

object

is a either a rxode2 family of objects, or a file-name with a rxode2 model specification, or a string with a rxode2 model specification.
params

a numeric named vector with values for every parameter in the ODE system; the names must correspond to the parameter identifiers used in the ODE specification;
events

an eventTable object describing the input (e.g., doses) to the dynamic system and observation sampling time points (see eventTable());
inits

a vector of initial values of the state variables (e.g., amounts in each compartment), and the order in this vector must be the same as the state variables (e.g., PK/PD compartments);
scale

a numeric named vector with scaling for ode parameters of the system. The names must correspond to the parameter identifiers in the ODE specification. Each of the ODE variables will be divided by the scaling factor. For example scale=c(center=2) will divide the center ODE variable by 2.
method

The method for solving ODEs. Currently this supports:

  • "liblsoda" thread safe lsoda. This supports parallel thread-based solving, and ignores user Jacobian specification.

  • "lsoda" – LSODA solver. Does not support parallel thread-based solving, but allows user Jacobian specification.

  • "dop853" – DOP853 solver. Does not support parallel thread-based solving nor user Jacobian specification

  • "indLin" – Solving through inductive linearization. The rxode2 dll must be setup specially to use this solving routine.

sigdig

Specifies the "significant digits" that the ode solving requests. When specified this controls the relative and absolute tolerances of the ODE solvers. By default the tolerance is 0.5*10^(-sigdig-2) for regular ODEs. For the sensitivity equations the default is ⁠0.5*10\^(-sigdig-1.5)⁠ (sensitivity changes only applicable for liblsoda). This also controls the atol/rtol of the steady state solutions. The ssAtol/ssRtol is ⁠0.5*10\^(-sigdig)⁠ and for the sensitivities ⁠0.5*10\^(-sigdig+0.625)⁠. By default this is unspecified (NULL) and uses the standard atol/rtol.
atol

a numeric absolute tolerance (1e-8 by default) used by the ODE solver to determine if a good solution has been achieved; This is also used in the solved linear model to check if prior doses do not add anything to the solution.
rtol

a numeric relative tolerance (1e-6 by default) used by the ODE solver to determine if a good solution has been achieved. This is also used in the solved linear model to check if prior doses do not add anything to the solution.
maxsteps

maximum number of (internally defined) steps allowed during one call to the solver. (5000 by default)
hmin

The minimum absolute step size allowed. The default value is 0.
hmax

The maximum absolute step size allowed. When hmax=NA (default), uses the average difference + hmaxSd*sd in times and sampling events. The hmaxSd is a user specified parameter and which defaults to zero. When hmax=NULL rxode2 uses the maximum difference in times in your sampling and events. The value 0 is equivalent to infinite maximum absolute step size.
hmaxSd

The number of standard deviations of the time difference to add to hmax. The default is 0
hini

The step size to be attempted on the first step. The default value is determined by the solver (when hini = 0)
maxordn

The maximum order to be allowed for the nonstiff (Adams) method. The default is 12. It can be between 1 and 12.
maxords

The maximum order to be allowed for the stiff (BDF) method. The default value is 5. This can be between 1 and 5.
...

Other arguments including scaling factors for each compartment. This includes S# = numeric will scale a compartment # by a dividing the compartment amount by the scale factor, like NONMEM.
cores

Number of cores used in parallel ODE solving. This is equivalent to calling setRxThreads()
covsInterpolation

specifies the interpolation method for time-varying covariates. When solving ODEs it often samples times outside the sampling time specified in events. When this happens, the time varying covariates are interpolated. Currently this can be:

  • "linear" interpolation, which interpolates the covariate by solving the line between the observed covariates and extrapolating the new covariate value.

  • "locf" – Last observation carried forward (the default).

  • "nocb" – Next Observation Carried Backward. This is the same method that NONMEM uses.

  • "midpoint" Last observation carried forward to midpoint; Next observation carried backward to midpoint.

    For time-varying covariates where a missing value is present, the interpolation method will use either "locf" or "nocb" throughout if they are the type of covariate interpolation that is selected.

    When using the linear or midpoint interpolation, the lower point in the interpolation will use locf to interpolate missing covariates and the upper point will use the nocb to interpolate missing covariates.

naInterpolation

specifies the interpolation method for time-varying covariates when the instantaneous value is NA (not during an explicit interpolation) and the covsInterpolation is either "midpoint" or "linear". This can be:

  • "locf" – last observation carried forward (default)

  • "nocb" – next observation carried backward.

This will look for the prior value (backwards/locf) when instantaneously missing, or the next value when instantaneously missing. If all the covariates are missing and you find the end/beginning of the individual record, switch direction. If all are really missing, then return missing.
keepInterpolation

specifies the interpolation method for variables in the keep column. When nlmixr2 creates mtime, addl doses etc, these items were not originally in the dataset. The interpolation methods you can choose are:

  • "locf" – last observation carried forward (default)

  • "nocb" – next observation carried backward.

  • "na" – no interpolation, simply put NA for the interpolated keep covariates.

addCov

A boolean indicating if covariates should be added to the output matrix or data frame. By default this is disabled.
sigma

Named sigma covariance or Cholesky decomposition of a covariance matrix. The names of the columns indicate parameters that are simulated. These are simulated for every observation in the solved system. When sigma is NA and you are using it with a rxode2 ui model, the unexplained variability described by the sigma matrix are set to zero.
sigmaDf

Degrees of freedom of the sigma t-distribution. By default it is equivalent to Inf, or a normal distribution.
sigmaLower

Lower bounds for simulated unexplained variability (by default -Inf)
sigmaUpper

Upper bounds for simulated unexplained variability (by default Inf)
nCoresRV

Number of cores used for the simulation of the sigma variables. By default this is 1. To reproduce the results you need to run on the same platform with the same number of cores. This is the reason this is set to be one, regardless of what the number of cores are used in threaded ODE solving.
sigmaIsChol

Boolean indicating if the sigma is in the Cholesky decomposition instead of a symmetric covariance
sigmaSeparation

separation strategy for sigma;

Tells the type of separation strategy when simulating covariance with parameter uncertainty with standard deviations modeled in the thetaMat matrix.

  • "lkj" simulates the correlation matrix from the rLKJ1 matrix with the distribution parameter eta equal to the degrees of freedom nu by (nu-1)/2

  • "separation" simulates from the identity inverse Wishart covariance matrix with nu degrees of freedom. This is then converted to a covariance matrix and augmented with the modeled standard deviations. While computationally more complex than the "lkj" prior, it performs better when the covariance matrix size is greater or equal to 10

  • "auto" chooses "lkj" when the dimension of the matrix is less than 10 and "separation" when greater than equal to 10.

sigmaXform

When taking sigma values from the thetaMat simulations (using the separation strategy for covariance simulation), how should the thetaMat values be turned int standard deviation values:

  • identity This is when standard deviation values are directly modeled by the params and thetaMat matrix

  • variance This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the variance that are directly modeled by the thetaMat matrix

  • log This is when the params and thetaMat simulates log(sd)

  • nlmixrSqrt This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠x\^2⁠ modeled along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrLog This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠exp(x\^2)⁠ along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrIdentity This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

nDisplayProgress

An integer indicating the minimum number of c-based solves before a progress bar is shown. By default this is 10,000.
amountUnits

This supplies the dose units of a data frame supplied instead of an event table. This is for importing the data as an rxode2 event table.
timeUnits

This supplies the time units of a data frame supplied instead of an event table. This is for importing the data as an rxode2 event table.
theta

A vector of parameters that will be named ⁠THETA\[#\]⁠ and added to parameters
thetaLower

Lower bounds for simulated population parameter variability (by default -Inf)
thetaUpper

Upper bounds for simulated population unexplained variability (by default Inf)
eta

A vector of parameters that will be named ⁠ETA\[#\]⁠ and added to parameters
addDosing

Boolean indicating if the solve should add rxode2 EVID and related columns. This will also include dosing information and estimates at the doses. Be default, rxode2 only includes estimates at the observations. (default FALSE). When addDosing is NULL, only include EVID=0 on solve and exclude any model-times or EVID=2. If addDosing is NA the classic rxode2 EVID events are returned. When addDosing is TRUE add the event information in NONMEM-style format; If subsetNonmem=FALSE rxode2 will also include extra event types (EVID) for ending infusion and modeled times:

  • EVID=-1 when the modeled rate infusions are turned off (matches rate=-1)

  • EVID=-2 When the modeled duration infusions are turned off (matches rate=-2)

  • EVID=-10 When the specified rate infusions are turned off (matches rate>0)

  • EVID=-20 When the specified dur infusions are turned off (matches dur>0)

  • ⁠EVID=101,102,103,...⁠ Modeled time where 101 is the first model time, 102 is the second etc.

stateTrim

When amounts/concentrations in one of the states are above this value, trim them to be this value. By default Inf. Also trims to -stateTrim for large negative amounts/concentrations. If you want to trim between a range say c(0, 2000000) you may specify 2 values with a lower and upper range to make sure all state values are in the reasonable range.
updateObject

This is an internally used flag to update the rxode2 solved object (when supplying an rxode2 solved object) as well as returning a new object. You probably should not modify it's FALSE default unless you are willing to have unexpected results.
omega

Estimate of Covariance matrix. When omega is a list, assume it is a block matrix and convert it to a full matrix for simulations. When omega is NA and you are using it with a rxode2 ui model, the between subject variability described by the omega matrix are set to zero.
omegaDf

The degrees of freedom of a t-distribution for simulation. By default this is NULL which is equivalent to Inf degrees, or to simulate from a normal distribution instead of a t-distribution.
omegaIsChol

Indicates if the omega supplied is a Cholesky decomposed matrix instead of the traditional symmetric matrix.
omegaSeparation

Omega separation strategy

Tells the type of separation strategy when simulating covariance with parameter uncertainty with standard deviations modeled in the thetaMat matrix.

  • "lkj" simulates the correlation matrix from the rLKJ1 matrix with the distribution parameter eta equal to the degrees of freedom nu by (nu-1)/2

  • "separation" simulates from the identity inverse Wishart covariance matrix with nu degrees of freedom. This is then converted to a covariance matrix and augmented with the modeled standard deviations. While computationally more complex than the "lkj" prior, it performs better when the covariance matrix size is greater or equal to 10

  • "auto" chooses "lkj" when the dimension of the matrix is less than 10 and "separation" when greater than equal to 10.

omegaXform

When taking omega values from the thetaMat simulations (using the separation strategy for covariance simulation), how should the thetaMat values be turned int standard deviation values:

  • identity This is when standard deviation values are directly modeled by the params and thetaMat matrix

  • variance This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the variance that are directly modeled by the thetaMat matrix

  • log This is when the params and thetaMat simulates log(sd)

  • nlmixrSqrt This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠x\^2⁠ modeled along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrLog This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix with the ⁠exp(x\^2)⁠ along the diagonal. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

  • nlmixrIdentity This is when the params and thetaMat simulates the inverse cholesky decomposed matrix. This only works with a diagonal matrix.

omegaLower

Lower bounds for simulated ETAs (by default -Inf)
omegaUpper

Upper bounds for simulated ETAs (by default Inf)
nSub

Number between subject variabilities (ETAs) simulated for every realization of the parameters.
thetaMat

Named theta matrix.
thetaDf

The degrees of freedom of a t-distribution for simulation. By default this is NULL which is equivalent to Inf degrees, or to simulate from a normal distribution instead of a t-distribution.
thetaIsChol

Indicates if the theta supplied is a Cholesky decomposed matrix instead of the traditional symmetric matrix.
nStud

Number virtual studies to characterize uncertainty in estimated parameters.
dfSub

Degrees of freedom to sample the between subject variability matrix from the inverse Wishart distribution (scaled) or scaled inverse chi squared distribution.
dfObs

Degrees of freedom to sample the unexplained variability matrix from the inverse Wishart distribution (scaled) or scaled inverse chi squared distribution.
returnType

This tells what type of object is returned. The currently supported types are:

  • "rxSolve" (default) will return a reactive data frame that can change easily change different pieces of the solve and update the data frame. This is the currently standard solving method in rxode2, is used for rxSolve(object, ...), solve(object,...),

  • "data.frame" – returns a plain, non-reactive data frame; Currently very slightly faster than returnType="matrix"

  • "matrix" – returns a plain matrix with column names attached to the solved object. This is what is used object$run as well as object$solve

  • "data.table" – returns a data.table; The data.table is created by reference (ie setDt()), which should be fast.

  • "tbl" or "tibble" returns a tibble format.

seed

an object specifying if and how the random number generator should be initialized
nsim

represents the number of simulations. For rxode2, if you supply single subject event tables (created with ⁠[eventTable()]⁠)
minSS

Minimum number of iterations for a steady-state dose
maxSS

Maximum number of iterations for a steady-state dose
infSSstep

Step size for determining if a constant infusion has reached steady state. By default this is large value, 12.
strictSS

Boolean indicating if a strict steady-state is required. If a strict steady-state is (TRUE) required then at least minSS doses are administered and the total number of steady states doses will continue until maxSS is reached, or atol and rtol for every compartment have been reached. However, if ODE solving problems occur after the minSS has been reached the whole subject is considered an invalid solve. If strictSS is FALSE then as long as minSS has been reached the last good solve before ODE solving problems occur is considered the steady state, even though either atol, rtol or maxSS have not been achieved.
istateReset

When TRUE, reset the ISTATE variable to 1 for lsoda and liblsoda with doses, like deSolve; When FALSE, do not reset the ISTATE variable with doses.
subsetNonmem

subset to NONMEM compatible EVIDs only. By default TRUE.
maxAtolRtolFactor

The maximum atol/rtol that FOCEi and other routines may adjust to. By default 0.1
from

When there is no observations in the event table, start observations at this value. By default this is zero.
to

When there is no observations in the event table, end observations at this value. By default this is 24 + maximum dose time.
by

When there are no observations in the event table, this is the amount to increment for the observations between from and to.
length.out

The number of observations to create if there isn't any observations in the event table. By default this is 200.
iCov

A data frame of individual non-time varying covariates to combine with the events dataset. The iCov dataset has one covariate per ID and should match the event table
keep

Columns to keep from either the input dataset or the iCov dataset. With the iCov dataset, the column is kept once per line. For the input dataset, if any records are added to the data LOCF (Last Observation Carried forward) imputation is performed.
indLinPhiTol

the requested accuracy tolerance on exponential matrix.
indLinPhiM

the maximum size for the Krylov basis
indLinMatExpType

This is them matrix exponential type that is use for rxode2. Currently the following are supported:

  • Al-Mohy Uses the exponential matrix method of Al-Mohy Higham (2009)

  • arma Use the exponential matrix from RcppArmadillo

  • expokit Use the exponential matrix from Roger B. Sidje (1998)

indLinMatExpOrder

an integer, the order of approximation to be used, for the Al-Mohy and expokit values. The best value for this depends on machine precision (and slightly on the matrix). We use 6 as a default.
drop

Columns to drop from the output
idFactor

This boolean indicates if original ID values should be maintained. This changes the default sequentially ordered ID to a factor with the original ID values in the original dataset. By default this is enabled.
mxhnil

maximum number of messages printed (per problem) warning that T + H = T on a step (H = step size). This must be positive to result in a non-default value. The default value is 0 (or infinite).
hmxi

inverse of the maximum absolute value of H to are used. hmxi = 0.0 is allowed and corresponds to an infinite ⁠hmax1 (default). ⁠hminandhmxi⁠may be changed at any time, but will not take effect until the next change of⁠H⁠is considered. This option is only considered with⁠method="liblsoda"'.
warnIdSort

Warn if the ID is not present and rxode2 assumes the order of the parameters/iCov are the same as the order of the parameters in the input dataset.
warnDrop

Warn if column(s) were supposed to be dropped, but were not present.
ssAtol

Steady state atol convergence factor. Can be a vector based on each state.
ssRtol

Steady state rtol convergence factor. Can be a vector based on each state.
safeZero

Use safe zero divide. By default this is turned on but you may turn it off if you wish.
safeLog

Use safe log. When enabled if your value that you are taking log() of is negative or zero, this will return ⁠log(machine epsilon)⁠. By default this is turned on.
safePow

Use safe powers. When enabled if your power is negative and your base is zero, this will return the ⁠machine epsilon^(negative power)⁠. By default this is turned on.
sumType

Sum type to use for sum() in rxode2 code blocks.

pairwise uses the pairwise sum (fast, default)

fsum uses the PreciseSum package's fsum function (most accurate)

kahan uses Kahan correction

neumaier uses Neumaier correction

c uses no correction: default/native summing
prodType

Product to use for prod() in rxode2 blocks

⁠long double⁠ converts to long double, performs the multiplication and then converts back.

double uses the standard double scale for multiplication.
sensType

Sensitivity type for linCmt() model:

advan Use the direct advan solutions

autodiff Use the autodiff advan solutions

forward Use forward difference solutions

central Use central differences
linDiff

This gives the linear difference amount for all the types of linear compartment model parameters where sensitivities are not calculated. The named components of this numeric vector are:

  • "lag" Central compartment lag

  • "f" Central compartment bioavailability

  • "rate" Central compartment modeled rate

  • "dur" Central compartment modeled duration

  • "lag2" Depot compartment lag

  • "f2" Depot compartment bioavailability

  • "rate2" Depot compartment modeled rate

  • "dur2" Depot compartment modeled duration

linDiffCentral

This gives the which parameters use central differences for the linear compartment model parameters. The are the same components as linDiff
resample

A character vector of model variables to resample from the input dataset; This sampling is done with replacement. When NULL or FALSE no resampling is done. When TRUE resampling is done on all covariates in the input dataset
resampleID

boolean representing if the resampling should be done on an individual basis TRUE (ie. a whole patient is selected) or each covariate is resampled independent of the subject identifier FALSE. When resampleID=TRUE correlations of parameters are retained, where as when resampleID=FALSE ignores patient covariate correaltions. Hence the default is resampleID=TRUE.
maxwhile

represents the maximum times a while loop is evaluated before exiting. By default this is 100000
atolSens

Sensitivity atol, can be different than atol with liblsoda. This allows a less accurate solve for gradients (if desired)
rtolSens

Sensitivity rtol, can be different than rtol with liblsoda. This allows a less accurate solve for gradients (if desired)
ssAtolSens

Sensitivity absolute tolerance (atol) for calculating if steady state has been achieved for sensitivity compartments.
ssRtolSens

Sensitivity relative tolerance (rtol) for calculating if steady state has been achieved for sensitivity compartments.
simVariability

determines if the variability is simulated. When NA (default) this is determined by the solver.
nLlikAlloc

The number of log likelihood endpoints that are used in the model. This allows independent log likelihood per endpoint in focei for nlmixr2. It likely shouldn't be set, though it won't hurt anything if you do (just may take up more memory for larger allocations).
useStdPow

This uses C's pow for exponentiation instead of R's R_pow or R_pow_di. By default this is FALSE
naTimeHandle

Determines what time of handling happens when the time becomes NA: current options are:

  • ignore this ignores the NA time input and passes it through.

  • warn (default) this will produce a warning at the end of the solve, but continues solving passing through the NA time

  • error this will stop this solve if this is not a parallel solved ODE (otherwise stopping can crash R)

addlKeepsCov

This determines if the additional dosing items repeats the dose only (FALSE) or keeps the covariates at the record of the dose (TRUE)
addlDropSs

When there are steady state doses with an addl specification the steady state flag is dropped with repeated doses (when TRUE) or retained (when FALSE)
ssAtDoseTime

Boolean that when TRUE back calculates the steady concentration at the actual time of dose, otherwise when FALSE the doses are shifted
ss2cancelAllPending

When TRUE the SS=2 event type cancels all pending doses like SS=1. When FALSE the pending doses not canceled with SS=2 (the infusions started before SS=2 occurred are canceled, though).
envir

is the environment to look for R user functions (defaults to parent environment)
a

when using solve(), this is equivalent to the object argument. If you specify object later in the argument list it overwrites this parameter.
b

when using solve(), this is equivalent to the params argument. If you specify params as a named argument, this overwrites the output

Details

The rest of the document focus on the different ODE solving methods, followed by the core solving method's options, rxode2 event handling options, rxode2's numerical stability options, rxode2's output options, and finally internal rxode2 options or compatibility options.

Value

An “rxSolve” solve object that stores the solved value in a special data.frame or other type as determined by returnType. By default this has as many rows as there are sampled time points and as many columns as system variables (as defined by the ODEs and additional assignments in the rxode2 model code). It also stores information about the call to allow dynamic updating of the solved object.

The operations for the object are similar to a data-frame, but expand the $ and ⁠[[""]]⁠ access operators and assignment operators to resolve based on different parameter values, initial conditions, solver parameters, or events (by updating the time variable).

You can call the eventTable() methods on the solved object to update the event table and resolve the system of equations.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler, Melissa Hallow and Wenping Wang

References

"New Scaling and Squaring Algorithm for the Matrix Exponential", by Awad H. Al-Mohy and Nicholas J. Higham, August 2009

Roger B. Sidje (1998). EXPOKIT: Software package for computing matrix exponentials. ACM - Transactions on Mathematical Software 24(1), 130-156.

Hindmarsh, A. C. ODEPACK, A Systematized Collection of ODE Solvers. Scientific Computing, R. S. Stepleman et al. (Eds.), North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1983, pp. 55-64.

Petzold, L. R. Automatic Selection of Methods for Solving Stiff and Nonstiff Systems of Ordinary Differential Equations. Siam J. Sci. Stat. Comput. 4 (1983), pp. 136-148.

Hairer, E., Norsett, S. P., and Wanner, G. Solving ordinary differential equations I, nonstiff problems. 2nd edition, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, Springer-Verlag (1993).

See Also

rxode2()

Stack a solved object for things like default ggplot2 plot

Description

Stack a solved object for things like default ggplot2 plot

Usage

rxStack(data, vars = NULL, doSim = TRUE)

Arguments

data

is a rxode2 object to be stacked.
vars

Variables to include in stacked data; By default this is all the variables when vars is NULL.

When vars is sim and comes from a rxode2 ui simulation with multiple endpoints (ie it has a CMT in the simulation), it will rework the data as if it was stacked based the value based on the compartments in the multiple endpoint model.

When the vars is sim.endpoint1 it will subset the stack to endpoint1, you can also have 'c("sim.endpoint1", "sim.endpoint2") and the "stack" will subset to endpoint1 and endpoint2.

When you specify the sim type variables they have to be all prefixed with sim otherwise, the stack will not treat them differently.
doSim

boolean that determines if the "sim" variable in a rxSolve dataset is actually "stacking" based on the endpoint (TRUE) or simply treating sim as a variable.

Value

Stacked data with value and trt, where value is the values and trt is the state and lhs variables.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

State variables

Description

This returns the model's compartments or states.

Usage

rxState(obj = NULL, state = NULL)

Arguments

obj

rxode2 family of objects
state

is a string indicating the state or compartment that you would like to lookup.

Value

If state is missing, return a character vector of all the states.

If state is a string, return the compartment number of the named state.

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

See Also

rxode2()

Other Query model information: rxDfdy(), rxInits(), rxLhs(), rxModelVars(), rxParams()

Recast model in terms of sum/prod

Description

Recast model in terms of sum/prod

Usage

rxSumProdModel(model, expand = FALSE, sum = TRUE, prod = TRUE)

Arguments

model

rxode2 model
expand

Boolean indicating if the expression is expanded.
sum

Use sum(...)
prod

Use prod(...)

Value

model string with prod(.) and sum(.) for all these operations.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Get list of supported functions

Description

Get list of supported functions

Usage

rxSupportedFuns()

Value

list of supported functions in rxode2

Examples

rxSupportedFuns()

Respect suppress messages

Description

This turns on the silent REprintf in C when suppressMessages() is turned on. This makes the REprintf act like messages in R, they can be suppressed with suppressMessages()

Usage

rxSuppressMsg()

Value

Nothing

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Examples

# rxSupressMsg() is called with rxode2()

# Note the errors are output to the console

try(rxode2("d/dt(matt)=/3"), silent = TRUE)

# When using suppressMessages, the output is suppressed

suppressMessages(try(rxode2("d/dt(matt)=/3"), silent = TRUE))

# In rxode2, we use REprintf so that interrupted threads do not crash R
# if there is a user interrupt. This isn't captured by R's messages, but
# This interface allows the `suppressMessages()` to suppress the C printing
# as well

# If you  want to suppress messages from rxode2 in other packages, you can use
# this function

Get Omega^-1 and derivatives

Description

Get Omega^-1 and derivatives

Usage

rxSymInvChol(
  invObjOrMatrix,
  theta = NULL,
  type = "cholOmegaInv",
  thetaNumber = 0L
)

Arguments

invObjOrMatrix

Object for inverse-type calculations. If this is a matrix, setup the object for inversion rxSymInvCholCreate() with the default arguments and return a reactive s3 object. Otherwise, use the inversion object to calculate the requested derivative/inverse.
theta

Thetas to be used for calculation. If missing (NULL), a special s3 class is created and returned to access Omega^1 objects as needed and cache them based on the theta that is used.
type

The type of object. Currently the following types are supported:

  • cholOmegaInv gives the Cholesky decomposition of the Omega Inverse matrix.

  • omegaInv gives the Omega Inverse matrix.

  • d(omegaInv) gives the d(Omega^-1) withe respect to the theta parameter specified in thetaNumber.

  • d(D) gives the d(diagonal(Omega^-1)) with respect to the theta parameter specified in the thetaNumber parameter

thetaNumber

For types d(omegaInv) and d(D), the theta number that the derivative is taken against. This must be positive from 1 to the number of thetas defining the Omega matrix.

Value

Matrix based on parameters or environment with all the matrixes calculated in variables omega, omegaInv, dOmega, dOmegaInv.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Sync options with rxode2 variables

Description

Accessing rxode2 options via getOption slows down solving. This allows the options to be synced with variables.

Usage

rxSyncOptions(setDefaults = c("none", "permissive", "strict"))

Arguments

setDefaults

This will setup rxode2's default solving options with the following options:

  • "none" leave the options alone

  • "permissive" This is a permissive option set similar to R language specifications.

  • "strict" This is a strict option set similar to the original rxode2(). It requires semicolons at the end of lines and equals for assignment

Value

nothing; called for side effects

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

A list and description of Rode supported syntax functions

Description

A list and description of Rode supported syntax functions

Usage

rxSyntaxFunctions

Format

A data frame with 3 columns and 102 rows

Function

Reserved function Name

Description

Description of function

Aliases

Function Aliases

Simulate student t variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxt(df, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

df

degrees of freedom (>0> 0, maybe non-integer). df = Inf is allowed.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

t-distribution random numbers

Examples

## Use threefry engine
rxt(df = 3, n = 10) # with rxt you have to explicitly state n
rxt(df = 3, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxt(4) ## The first argument is the df parameter


## This example uses `rxt` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
   model({
    a <- rxt(3)
   })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Get the rxode2 temporary directory

Description

Get the rxode2 temporary directory

Usage

rxTempDir()

Value

rxode2 temporary directory.

rxTheme is the ggplot2 theme for rxode2 plots

Description

rxTheme is the ggplot2 theme for rxode2 plots

Usage

rxTheme(
  base_size = 11,
  base_family = "",
  base_line_size = base_size/22,
  base_rect_size = base_size/22,
  grid = TRUE
)

Arguments

base_size

base font size, given in pts.
base_family

base font family
base_line_size

base size for line elements
base_rect_size

base size for rect elements
grid

a Boolean indicating if the grid is on (TRUE) or off (FALSE). This could also be a character indicating x or y.

Value

ggplot2 theme used in rxode2

See Also

Other rxode2 plotting: plot.rxSolve()

rxode2 to symengine environment

Description

rxode2 to symengine environment

Usage

rxToSE(
  x,
  envir = NULL,
  progress = FALSE,
  promoteLinSens = TRUE,
  parent = parent.frame()
)

.rxToSE(x, envir = NULL, progress = FALSE)

rxFromSE(
  x,
  unknownDerivatives = c("forward", "central", "error"),
  parent = parent.frame()
)

.rxFromSE(x)

Arguments

x

expression
envir

default is NULL; Environment to put symengine variables in.
progress

shows progress bar if true.
promoteLinSens

Promote solved linear compartment systems to sensitivity-based solutions.
parent

is the parent environment to look for R-based user functions
unknownDerivatives

When handling derivatives from unknown functions, the translator will translate into different types of numeric derivatives. The currently supported methods are: 

- `forward` for forward differences
- `central` for central differences
- `error` for throwing an error for unknown derivatives

Value

An rxode2 symengine environment

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Translate the model to C code if needed

Description

This function translates the model to C code, if needed

Usage

rxTrans(
  model,
  modelPrefix = "",
  md5 = "",
  modName = NULL,
  modVars = FALSE,
  ...
)

## Default S3 method:
rxTrans(
  model,
  modelPrefix = "",
  md5 = "",
  modName = NULL,
  modVars = FALSE,
  ...
)

## S3 method for class 'character'
rxTrans(
  model,
  modelPrefix = "",
  md5 = "",
  modName = NULL,
  modVars = FALSE,
  ...
)

Arguments

model

This is the ODE model specification. It can be:

  • a string containing the set of ordinary differential equations (ODE) and other expressions defining the changes in the dynamic system.

  • a file name where the ODE system equation is contained

An ODE expression enclosed in ⁠\{\}⁠

(see also the filename argument). For details, see the sections “Details” and ⁠rxode2 Syntax⁠ below.
modelPrefix

Prefix of the model functions that will be compiled to make sure that multiple rxode2 objects can coexist in the same R session.
md5

Is the md5 of the model before parsing, and is used to embed the md5 into DLL, and then provide for functions like rxModelVars().
modName

a string to be used as the model name. This string is used for naming various aspects of the computations, including generating C symbol names, dynamic libraries, etc. Therefore, it is necessary that modName consists of simple ASCII alphanumeric characters starting with a letter.
modVars

returns the model variables instead of the named vector of translated properties.
...

Ignored parameters.

Value

a named vector of translated model properties including what type of jacobian is specified, the C function prefixes, as well as the C functions names to be called through the compiled model.

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

See Also

rxode2(), rxCompile().

Return the control that is being processed or setup control for processing

Description

Return the control that is being processed or setup control for processing

Usage

rxUdfUiControl(value)

Arguments

value

when specified, this assigns the control to be processed, or resets it by assigning it to be NULL.

Value

value of the data.frame being processed or NULL.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: linMod(), rxUdfUiData(), rxUdfUiEst(), rxUdfUiIniLhs(), rxUdfUiMv(), rxUdfUiNum(), rxUdfUiParsing()

Examples

rxUdfUiControl()

Return the data.frame that is being processed or setup data.frame for processing

Description

Return the data.frame that is being processed or setup data.frame for processing

Usage

rxUdfUiData(value)

Arguments

value

when specified, this assigns the data.frame to be processed, or resets it by assigning it to be NULL.

Value

value of the data.frame being processed or NULL.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: linMod(), rxUdfUiControl(), rxUdfUiEst(), rxUdfUiIniLhs(), rxUdfUiMv(), rxUdfUiNum(), rxUdfUiParsing()

Examples

rxUdfUiData()

Return the current estimation method for the UI processing

Description

Return the current estimation method for the UI processing

Usage

rxUdfUiEst(value)

Arguments

value

when specified, this assigns the character value of the estimation method or NULL if there is nothing being estimated

Value

value of the estimation method being processed or NULL

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: linMod(), rxUdfUiControl(), rxUdfUiData(), rxUdfUiIniLhs(), rxUdfUiMv(), rxUdfUiNum(), rxUdfUiParsing()

Examples

rxUdfUiEst()

Get the rxode2 iniDf of the current UI being processed (or return NULL)

Description

Get the rxode2 iniDf of the current UI being processed (or return NULL)

Usage

rxUdfUiIniDf()

Value

Initial data.frame being processed or NULL for nothing.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

rxUdfUiIniDf()

Return the lhs parsed language expression

Description

Return the lhs parsed language expression

Usage

rxUdfUiIniLhs()

Value

lhs language expression or NULL

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: linMod(), rxUdfUiControl(), rxUdfUiData(), rxUdfUiEst(), rxUdfUiMv(), rxUdfUiNum(), rxUdfUiParsing()

Examples

rxUdfUiIniLhs()

Return the model variables that is being processed or setup model variables for processing

Description

Return the model variables that is being processed or setup model variables for processing

Usage

rxUdfUiMv(value)

Arguments

value

when specified, this assigns the model variables to be processed, or resets it by assigning it to be NULL.

Value

value of the modelVariables being processed or NULL.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: linMod(), rxUdfUiControl(), rxUdfUiData(), rxUdfUiEst(), rxUdfUiIniLhs(), rxUdfUiNum(), rxUdfUiParsing()

Examples

rxUdfUiMv()

This gives the current number in the ui of the particular function being called.

Description

If this is called outside of function parsing or the input is unexpected this returns 1L. This is useful when writing replacement UI functions

Usage

rxUdfUiNum()

Value

integer greater than 1L

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: linMod(), rxUdfUiControl(), rxUdfUiData(), rxUdfUiEst(), rxUdfUiIniLhs(), rxUdfUiMv(), rxUdfUiParsing()

Examples

rxUdfUiNum()

Returns if the current ui function is being parsed

Description

Returns if the current ui function is being parsed

Usage

rxUdfUiParsing()

Value

logical if the current ui function is being parsed

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other User functions: linMod(), rxUdfUiControl(), rxUdfUiData(), rxUdfUiEst(), rxUdfUiIniLhs(), rxUdfUiMv(), rxUdfUiNum()

Examples

rxUdfUiParsing()

Compress/Decompress rxode2 ui

Description

Compress/Decompress rxode2 ui

Usage

rxUiDecompress(ui)

rxUiCompress(ui)

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui object

Value

A compressed or decompressed rxui object

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

one.cmt <- function() {
  ini({
    ## You may label each parameter with a comment
    tka <- 0.45 # Log Ka
    tcl <- log(c(0, 2.7, 100)) # Log Cl
    ## This works with interactive models
    ## You may also label the preceding line with label("label text")
    tv <- 3.45; label("log V")
    ## the label("Label name") works with all models
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    linCmt() ~ add(add.sd) | tmp
  })
}

f <- rxode2(one.cmt)
print(class(f))
print(is.environment(f))

f  <- rxUiDecompress(f)
print(class(f))
print(is.environment(f))

f  <- rxUiCompress(f)
print(class(f))
print(is.environment(f))

This is a generic function for deparsing certain objects when printing out a rxode2 object. Currently it is used for any meta-information

Description

This is a generic function for deparsing certain objects when printing out a rxode2 object. Currently it is used for any meta-information

rxUiDeparse.rxControl(rxControl(covsInterpolation="linear", method="dop853", naInterpolation="nocb", keepInterpolation="nocb", sigmaXform="variance", omegaXform="variance", returnType="data.frame", sumType="fsum", prodType="logify", sensType="central"), "ctl")

Usage

rxUiDeparse(object, var)

## S3 method for class 'lotriFix'
rxUiDeparse(object, var)

## Default S3 method:
rxUiDeparse(object, var)

## S3 method for class 'rxControl'
rxUiDeparse(object, var)

Arguments

object

object to be deparsed
var

variable name to be assigned

Value

parsed R expression that can be used for printing and as.function() calls.

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

mat <- matrix(c(1, 0.1, 0.1, 1), 2, 2, dimnames=list(c("a", "b"), c("a", "b")))

rxUiDeparse(matrix(c(1, 0.1, 0.1, 1), 2, 2, dimnames=list(c("a", "b"), c("a", "b"))), "x")

S3 for getting information from UI model

Description

S3 for getting information from UI model

Usage

## S3 method for class 'cmtLines'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'dvidLine'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'paramsLine'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'interpLines'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'simulationSigma'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'simulationModel'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'symengineModelNoPrune'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'symengineModelPrune'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'simulationIniModel'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'levels'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'state'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'stateDf'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'statePropDf'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'props'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'theta'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'lstChr'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'omega'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'funTxt'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'allCovs'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'muRefTable'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'multipleEndpoint'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'funPrint'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'fun'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'md5'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'ini'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'iniFun'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'modelFun'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'model'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'modelDesc'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'thetaLower'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'thetaUpper'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'lhsVar'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'varLhs'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'lhsEta'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'lhsTheta'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'lhsCov'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'etaLhs'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'thetaLhs'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## S3 method for class 'covLhs'
rxUiGet(x, ...)

## Default S3 method:
rxUiGet(x, ...)

Arguments

x

list of (UIenvironment, exact). UI environment is the parsed function for rxode2. exact is a boolean that says if an exact match is required.
...

Other arguments

Value

value that was requested from the UI object

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

Simulate uniform variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxunif(min = 0, max = 1, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

min, max

lower and upper limits of the distribution. Must be finite.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

uniform random numbers

Examples

## Use threefry engine

rxunif(min = 0, max = 4, n = 10) # with rxunif you have to explicitly state n
rxunif(min = 0, max = 4, n = 10, ncores = 2) # You can parallelize the simulation using openMP

rxunif()


## This example uses `rxunif` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxunif(0, 3)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Unloads all rxode2 compiled DLLs

Description

Unloads all rxode2 compiled DLLs

Usage

rxUnloadAll()

Value

List of rxode2 dlls still loaded

boolean of if all rxode2 dlls have been unloaded

Examples

print(rxUnloadAll())

Use model object in your package

Description

Use model object in your package

Usage

rxUse(obj, overwrite = TRUE, compress = "bzip2", internal = FALSE)

Arguments

obj

model to save.
overwrite

By default, use_data() will not overwrite existing files. If you really want to do so, set this to TRUE.
compress

Choose the type of compression used by save(). Should be one of "gzip", "bzip2", or "xz".
internal

If this is run internally. By default this is FALSE

Value

Nothing; This is used for its side effects and shouldn't be called by a user

Validate rxode2 This allows easy validation/qualification of nlmixr by running the testing suite on your system.

Description

Validate rxode2 This allows easy validation/qualification of nlmixr by running the testing suite on your system.

Usage

rxValidate(type = NULL, skipOnCran = TRUE)

rxTest(type = NULL, skipOnCran = TRUE)

Arguments

type

Type of test or filter of test type, When this is an expression, evaluate the contents, respecting skipOnCran
skipOnCran

when TRUE skip the test on CRAN.

Value

nothing

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Simulate Weibull variable from threefry generator

Description

Care should be taken with this method not to encounter the birthday problem, described https://www.johndcook.com/blog/2016/01/29/random-number-generator-seed-mistakes/. Since the sitmo threefry, this currently generates one random deviate from the uniform distribution to seed the engine threefry and then run the code.

Usage

rxweibull(shape, scale = 1, n = 1L, ncores = 1L)

Arguments

shape, scale

shape and scale parameters, the latter defaulting to 1.
n

number of observations. If length(n) > 1, the length is taken to be the number required.
ncores

Number of cores for the simulation

rxnorm simulates using the threefry sitmo generator.

rxnormV used to simulate with the vandercorput simulator, but since it didn't satisfy the normal properties it was changed to simple be an alias of rxnorm. It is no longer supported in rxode2({}) blocks

Details

Therefore, a simple call to the random number generated followed by a second call to random number generated may have identical seeds. As the number of random number generator calls are increased the probability that the birthday problem will increase.

The key to avoid this problem is to either run all simulations in the rxode2 environment once (therefore one seed or series of seeds for the whole simulation), pre-generate all random variables used for the simulation, or seed the rxode2 engine with rxSetSeed()

Internally each ID is seeded with a unique number so that the results do not depend on the number of cores used.

Value

Weibull random deviates

Examples

## Use threefry engine

# with rxweibull you have to explicitly state n
rxweibull(shape = 1, scale = 4, n = 10)

# You can parallelize the simulation using openMP
rxweibull(shape = 1, scale = 4, n = 10, ncores = 2)

rxweibull(3)


## This example uses `rxweibull` directly in the model

rx <- function() {
  model({
    a <- rxweibull(1, 3)
  })
}

et <- et(1, id = 1:2)

s <- rxSolve(rx, et)

Preserved seed and possibly set the seed

Description

Preserved seed and possibly set the seed

Usage

rxWithSeed(
  seed,
  code,
  rxseed = rxGetSeed(),
  kind = "default",
  normal.kind = "default",
  sample.kind = "default"
)

rxWithPreserveSeed(code)

Arguments

seed

R seed to use for the session
code

Is the code to evaluate
rxseed

is the rxode2 seed that is being preserved
kind

character or NULL. If kind is a character string, set R's RNG to the kind desired. Use "default" to return to the R default. See ‘Details’ for the interpretation of NULL.
normal.kind

character string or NULL. If it is a character string, set the method of Normal generation. Use "default" to return to the R default. NULL makes no change.
sample.kind

character string or NULL. If it is a character string, set the method of discrete uniform generation (used in sample, for instance). Use "default" to return to the R default. NULL makes no change.

Value

returns whatever the code is returning

See Also

rxGetSeed, rxSetSeed

Examples

rxGetSeed()
rxWithSeed(1, {
   print(rxGetSeed())
   rxnorm()
   print(rxGetSeed())
   rxnorm()
}, rxseed=3)

Scaled Exponential Linear Unit (SELU) Activation Function

Description

Scaled Exponential Linear Unit (SELU) Activation Function

Usage

SELU(x)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Value

A numeric vector where the ReLU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

SELU(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
   r=SELU(time)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(x, e)

Softplus Activation Function

Description

Softplus Activation Function

Usage

softplus(x)

Arguments

x

numeric vector

Value

numeric vector

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), Swish(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU()

Examples

softplus(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

# You can use rxode2 too:

r <- rxode2({
 s <- softplus(time)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(r, e)

Dosing/Amt geom/stat

Description

This is a dosing geom that shows the vertical lines where a dose occurs

Usage

stat_amt(
  mapping = NULL,
  data = NULL,
  position = "identity",
  show.legend = NA,
  inherit.aes = TRUE,
  ...
)

geom_amt(
  mapping = NULL,
  data = NULL,
  position = "identity",
  show.legend = NA,
  inherit.aes = TRUE,
  ...
)

Arguments

mapping

Set of aesthetic mappings created by aes(). If specified and inherit.aes = TRUE (the default), it is combined with the default mapping at the top level of the plot. You must supply mapping if there is no plot mapping.
data

The data to be displayed in this layer. There are three options:

If NULL, the default, the data is inherited from the plot data as specified in the call to ggplot().

A data.frame, or other object, will override the plot data. All objects will be fortified to produce a data frame. See fortify() for which variables will be created.

A function will be called with a single argument, the plot data. The return value must be a data.frame, and will be used as the layer data. A function can be created from a formula (e.g. ~ head(.x, 10)).
position

A position adjustment to use on the data for this layer. This can be used in various ways, including to prevent overplotting and improving the display. The position argument accepts the following:

  • The result of calling a position function, such as position_jitter(). This method allows for passing extra arguments to the position.

  • A string naming the position adjustment. To give the position as a string, strip the function name of the position_ prefix. For example, to use position_jitter(), give the position as "jitter".

  • For more information and other ways to specify the position, see the layer position documentation.

show.legend

logical. Should this layer be included in the legends? NA, the default, includes if any aesthetics are mapped. FALSE never includes, and TRUE always includes. It can also be a named logical vector to finely select the aesthetics to display.
inherit.aes

If FALSE, overrides the default aesthetics, rather than combining with them. This is most useful for helper functions that define both data and aesthetics and shouldn't inherit behaviour from the default plot specification, e.g. borders().
...

Other arguments passed on to layer()'s params argument. These arguments broadly fall into one of 4 categories below. Notably, further arguments to the position argument, or aesthetics that are required can not be passed through .... Unknown arguments that are not part of the 4 categories below are ignored.

  • Static aesthetics that are not mapped to a scale, but are at a fixed value and apply to the layer as a whole. For example, colour = "red" or linewidth = 3. The geom's documentation has an Aesthetics section that lists the available options. The 'required' aesthetics cannot be passed on to the params. Please note that while passing unmapped aesthetics as vectors is technically possible, the order and required length is not guaranteed to be parallel to the input data.

  • When constructing a layer using a ⁠stat_*()⁠ function, the ... argument can be used to pass on parameters to the geom part of the layer. An example of this is stat_density(geom = "area", outline.type = "both"). The geom's documentation lists which parameters it can accept.

  • Inversely, when constructing a layer using a ⁠geom_*()⁠ function, the ... argument can be used to pass on parameters to the stat part of the layer. An example of this is geom_area(stat = "density", adjust = 0.5). The stat's documentation lists which parameters it can accept.

  • The key_glyph argument of layer() may also be passed on through .... This can be one of the functions described as key glyphs, to change the display of the layer in the legend.

Details

Requires the following aesthetics:

  • x representing the x values, usually time

  • amt representing the dosing values; They are missing or zero when no dose is given

Value

This returns a stat_amt in context of a ggplot2 plot

Examples

library(rxode2)
library(units)


## Model from RxODE tutorial
mod1 <- function() {
  ini({
    KA <- 2.94E-01
    CL <- 1.86E+01
    V2 <- 4.02E+01
    Q  <- 1.05E+01
    V3 <- 2.97E+02
    Kin <- 1
    Kout <- 1
    EC50 <- 200
  })
  model({
    C2 <- centr/V2
    C3 <- peri/V3
    d/dt(depot) <- -KA*depot
    d/dt(centr) <-  KA*depot - CL*C2 - Q*C2 + Q*C3
    d/dt(peri)  <-                    Q*C2 - Q*C3
    d/dt(eff)   <- Kin - Kout*(1-C2/(EC50+C2))*eff
  })
}

## These are making the more complex regimens of the rxode2 tutorial

## bid for 5 days
bid <- et(timeUnits="hr") %>%
  et(amt=10000,ii=12,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## qd for 5 days
qd <- et(timeUnits="hr") %>%
      et(amt=20000,ii=24,until=set_units(5, "days"))

## bid for 5 days followed by qd for 5 days

et <- seq(bid,qd) %>% et(seq(0,11*24,length.out=100))

bidQd <- rxSolve(mod1, et, addDosing=TRUE)

# by default dotted and under-stated
plot(bidQd, C2) + geom_amt(aes(amt=amt))

# of course you can make it a bit more visible

plot(bidQd, C2) + geom_amt(aes(amt=amt), col="red", lty=1, linewidth=1.2)

Censoring geom/stat

Description

This is a censoring geom that shows the left or right censoring specified in the nlmixr input data-set or fit

Usage

stat_cens(
  mapping = NULL,
  data = NULL,
  position = "identity",
  show.legend = NA,
  inherit.aes = TRUE,
  width = 0.01,
  ...
)

geom_cens(
  mapping = NULL,
  data = NULL,
  position = "identity",
  show.legend = NA,
  inherit.aes = TRUE,
  width = 0.01,
  ...
)

Arguments

mapping

Set of aesthetic mappings created by aes(). If specified and inherit.aes = TRUE (the default), it is combined with the default mapping at the top level of the plot. You must supply mapping if there is no plot mapping.
data

The data to be displayed in this layer. There are three options:

If NULL, the default, the data is inherited from the plot data as specified in the call to ggplot().

A data.frame, or other object, will override the plot data. All objects will be fortified to produce a data frame. See fortify() for which variables will be created.

A function will be called with a single argument, the plot data. The return value must be a data.frame, and will be used as the layer data. A function can be created from a formula (e.g. ~ head(.x, 10)).
position

A position adjustment to use on the data for this layer. This can be used in various ways, including to prevent overplotting and improving the display. The position argument accepts the following:

  • The result of calling a position function, such as position_jitter(). This method allows for passing extra arguments to the position.

  • A string naming the position adjustment. To give the position as a string, strip the function name of the position_ prefix. For example, to use position_jitter(), give the position as "jitter".

  • For more information and other ways to specify the position, see the layer position documentation.

show.legend

logical. Should this layer be included in the legends? NA, the default, includes if any aesthetics are mapped. FALSE never includes, and TRUE always includes. It can also be a named logical vector to finely select the aesthetics to display.
inherit.aes

If FALSE, overrides the default aesthetics, rather than combining with them. This is most useful for helper functions that define both data and aesthetics and shouldn't inherit behaviour from the default plot specification, e.g. borders().
width

represents the width (in \ censoring box
...

Other arguments passed on to layer()'s params argument. These arguments broadly fall into one of 4 categories below. Notably, further arguments to the position argument, or aesthetics that are required can not be passed through .... Unknown arguments that are not part of the 4 categories below are ignored.

  • Static aesthetics that are not mapped to a scale, but are at a fixed value and apply to the layer as a whole. For example, colour = "red" or linewidth = 3. The geom's documentation has an Aesthetics section that lists the available options. The 'required' aesthetics cannot be passed on to the params. Please note that while passing unmapped aesthetics as vectors is technically possible, the order and required length is not guaranteed to be parallel to the input data.

  • When constructing a layer using a ⁠stat_*()⁠ function, the ... argument can be used to pass on parameters to the geom part of the layer. An example of this is stat_density(geom = "area", outline.type = "both"). The geom's documentation lists which parameters it can accept.

  • Inversely, when constructing a layer using a ⁠geom_*()⁠ function, the ... argument can be used to pass on parameters to the stat part of the layer. An example of this is geom_area(stat = "density", adjust = 0.5). The stat's documentation lists which parameters it can accept.

  • The key_glyph argument of layer() may also be passed on through .... This can be one of the functions described as key glyphs, to change the display of the layer in the legend.

Details

Requires the following aesthetics:

  • x Represents the independent variable, often the time scale

  • y represents the dependent variable

  • CENS for the censoring information; (-1 right censored, 0 no censoring or 1 left censoring)

  • LIMIT which represents the corresponding limit ()

Will add boxes representing the areas of the fit that were censored.

Value

This returns a ggplot2 stat

Print expanded information about the rxode2 object.

Description

This prints the expanded information about the rxode2 object.

Usage

## S3 method for class 'rxode2'
summary(object, ...)

Arguments

object

rxode2 object
...

Ignored parameters

Value

object is returned

Author(s)

Matthew L.Fidler

Swaps the matrix list with a cube

Description

Swaps the matrix list with a cube

Usage

swapMatListWithCube(matrixListOrCube)

Arguments

matrixListOrCube

Either a list of 2-dimensional matrices or a cube of matrices

Value

A list or a cube (opposite format as input)

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

# Create matrix list
matLst <- cvPost(10, lotri::lotri(a+b~c(1, 0.25, 1)), 3)
print(matLst)

# Convert to cube
matCube <- swapMatListWithCube(matLst)
print(matCube)

# Convert back to list
matLst2 <- swapMatListWithCube(matCube)
print(matLst2)

Switch Activation Function

Description

The switch activation function is defined as:

Usage

Swish(x)

Arguments

x

A numeric vector. All elements must be finite and non-missing.

Details

f(x)=x⋅sigmoid(x)f(x) = x \cdot \text{sigmoid}(x)

Value

A numeric vector where the ReLU function has been applied to each element of x.

Author(s)

Matthew Fidler

See Also

Other Activation Functions: ELU(), GELU(), PReLU(), ReLU(), SELU(), dELU(), dGELU(), dPReLU(), dReLU(), dSELU(), dSwish(), dlReLU(), dsoftplus(), lReLU(), softplus()

Examples

Swish(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

# Can also be used in rxode2:
x <- rxode2({
   r<- Swish(time)
})

e <- et(c(-1, 0, 1, 2))

rxSolve(x, e)

This function tests if this object is a iniDf as needed by the UI

Description

This function tests if this object is a iniDf as needed by the UI

Usage

testIniDf(iniDf)

assertIniDf(iniDf, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(iniDf), null.ok = FALSE)

Arguments

iniDf

the object to test if it is a rxode2 ui iniDf data.frame
extra

information to append to the error message
.var.name

[character(1)]
Name of the checked object to print in assertions. Defaults to the heuristic implemented in vname.
null.ok

[logical(1)]
If set to TRUE, x may also be NULL. In this case only a type check of x is performed, all additional checks are disabled.

Value

boolean, indicating if the object is a valid initialization data frame

Functions

  • assertIniDf(): Assert that the object is a valid rxode2 ui initialization data frame

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentExists(), assertCompartmentName(), assertCompartmentNew(), assertRxUi(), assertVariableExists(), assertVariableNew(), testRxUnbounded()

Examples

testIniDf(TRUE)

Test if rxode2 uses linear solved systems

Description

Test if rxode2 uses linear solved systems

Usage

testRxLinCmt(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

assertRxLinCmt(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

Arguments

ui

rxode2 model
extra

Extra text to append to the error message (like "for focei")
.var.name

[character(1)]
Name of the checked object to print in assertions. Defaults to the heuristic implemented in vname.

Value

TRUE if the model uses linear solved systems, FALSE otherwise

Functions

  • assertRxLinCmt(): Assert that the rxode2 uses linear solved systems

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

one.cmt <- function() {
  ini({
   ## You may label each parameter with a comment
   tka <- 0.45 # Log Ka
   tcl <- log(c(0, 2.7, 100)) # Log Cl
   ## This works with interactive models
   ## You may also label the preceding line with label("label text")
   tv <- 3.45; label("log V")
   ## the label("Label name") works with all models
   eta.ka ~ 0.6
   eta.cl ~ 0.3
   eta.v ~ 0.1
   add.sd <- 0.7
 })
 model({
   ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
   cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
   v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
   linCmt() ~ add(add.sd)
 })
}

testRxLinCmt(one.cmt)

Test if the rxode2 model has any parameters with user defined boundaries

Description

Test if the rxode2 model has any parameters with user defined boundaries

Usage

testRxUnbounded(ui)

assertRxUnbounded(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

warnRxBounded(ui, extra = "", .var.name = .vname(ui))

Arguments

ui

rxode2 ui
extra

extra information to append to the error message
.var.name

variable name

Value

boolean indicating if any parameters have user defined boundaries

Functions

  • assertRxUnbounded(): Assert that the rxode2 model has any parameters with user defined boundaries

  • warnRxBounded(): Warn that the rxode2 model has any parameters with user defined boundaries

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

See Also

Other Assertions: assertCompartmentExists(), assertCompartmentName(), assertCompartmentNew(), assertRxUi(), assertVariableExists(), assertVariableNew(), testIniDf()

Examples

one.cmt <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- 0.45; label("Ka")
    tcl <- log(c(0, 2.7, 100)); label("Cl")
    tv <- 3.45; label("V")
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    linCmt() ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}

testRxUnbounded(one.cmt)

try(assertRxUnbounded(one.cmt))

warnRxBounded(one.cmt)

Convert event data to trial duration data A helper function to create a custom event table. The observation time will start from the first event time (baseline) and end at trial duration. The interval is the spacing between each observation.

Description

Convert event data to trial duration data A helper function to create a custom event table. The observation time will start from the first event time (baseline) and end at trial duration. The interval is the spacing between each observation.

Usage

toTrialDuration(ev, trialEnd, interval, writeDir = NULL)

Arguments

ev

event data
trialEnd

extend trial duration. Must be same time unit as event data
interval

observation interval. Must be same time unit as event data
writeDir

if not NULL, write the output to a csv file

Author(s)

Omar Elashkar

Examples

# Create event table with unique time for each ID
 ev = et(data.frame(id = rep(1:10, 3),  time = runif(min = 10, max = 20, n = 30)))

 # select the duration and spacing interval (assuming time is in years)
 toTrialDuration(ev, trialEnd = 1.5, interval = 0.2)

Update for rxUi

Description

Update for rxUi

Usage

## S3 method for class 'rxUi'
update(object, ..., envir = parent.frame())

Arguments

object

rxode2 UI object
...

Lines to update
envir

Environment for evaluating ini() style calls

Value

a new rxode2 updated UI object

uppergamma: upper incomplete gamma function

Description

This is the tgamma from the boost library

Usage

uppergamma(a, z)

Arguments

a

The numeric 'a' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma
z

The numeric 'z' parameter in the upper incomplete gamma

Details

The uppergamma function is given by:

uppergamma(a,z)=∫z∞ta−1⋅e−tdtuppergamma(a, z) = \int_{z}^{\infty}t^{a-1}\cdot e^{-t} dt

Value

uppergamma results

Author(s)

Matthew L. Fidler

Examples

uppergamma(1, 3)

uppergamma(1:3, 3)

uppergamma(1, 1:3)

Set random effects and residual error to zero

Description

Set random effects and residual error to zero

Usage

zeroRe(object, which = c("omega", "sigma"), fix = TRUE)

Arguments

object

The model to modify
which

The types of parameters to set to zero
fix

Should the parameters be fixed to the zero value?

Value

The object with some parameters set to zero

Author(s)

Bill Denney

See Also

Other Initial conditions: ini.rxUi()

Examples

one.compartment <- function() {
  ini({
    tka <- log(1.57); label("Ka")
    tcl <- log(2.72); label("Cl")
    tv <- log(31.5); label("V")
    eta.ka ~ 0.6
    eta.cl ~ 0.3
    eta.v ~ 0.1
    add.sd <- 0.7
  })
  model({
    ka <- exp(tka + eta.ka)
    cl <- exp(tcl + eta.cl)
    v <- exp(tv + eta.v)
    d/dt(depot) = -ka * depot
    d/dt(center) = ka * depot - cl / v * center
    cp = center / v
    cp ~ add(add.sd)
  })
}
zeroRe(one.compartment)